<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 8, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-32207
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
---------------
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
---------------
DELAWARE 3679 95-2691666
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF INDUSTRIAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
INCORPORATION OR CLASSIFICATION CODE
ORGANIZATION) NUMBER)
---------------
4232 TEMPLE CITY BOULEVARD
P.O. BOX 739
ROSEMEAD, CALIFORNIA 91770-1592
(213) 283-7500
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
---------------
ANDREW GOLDFARB
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
4232 TEMPLE CITY BOULEVARD
P.O. BOX 739
ROSEMEAD, CALIFORNIA 91770-1592
(213) 283-7500
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE,
AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
---------------
Copies to:
LOU R. KLING, ESQ.
HOWARD L. ELLIN, ESQ.
SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
919 THIRD AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
---------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRIMARY STANDARD
INDUSTRIAL I.R.S. EMPLOYER
NAME OF ADDITIONAL JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
REGISTRANTS* INCORPORATION NUMBER NUMBER
------------------ --------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Hermetic Seal Corporation Delaware 3679 95-3443353
Glasseal Products, Inc. New Jersey 3679 22-1909729
Sealtron, Inc. Delaware 3679 31-1191739
Sealtron Acquisition
Corp. Delaware 3679 31-1193056
HCC Industries Interna-
tional California 3679 95-3974136
</TABLE>
- -------
* Address and telephone number of principal executive offices are same as
those of HCC Industries Inc.
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]
---------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF +
+ANY SUCH STATE. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 8, 1997
PROSPECTUS
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
IN EXCHANGE FOR 10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2007
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME ON, 1997,
UNLESS EXTENDED
-----------
HCC Industries Inc., a Delaware corporation ("HCC" or "Company"), hereby
offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together
constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange an aggregate principal amount of
up to $90.0 million of its Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007 (the
"New Notes") of the Company, which have been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for a like principal amount of
its issued and outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes"
and, with the New Notes, the "Notes"), of the Company from the holders thereof.
The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old
Notes, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights
relating to the Old Notes and except that, if the Exchange Offer is not
consummated by November 3, 1997 or the Company fails to comply with certain
other registration obligations with respect to the Old Notes, additional
interest will accrue on the Old Notes from and including such date until but
excluding the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer payable in cash
semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 1997
at a rate of .50% per annum (increasing at .50% per annum at the end of each
90-day period following November 3, 1997, but in no event will the additional
interest exceed 2%). The Old Notes were issued pursuant to an offering (the
"Offering"), which was exempt from registration under the Securities Act, on
May 6, 1997.
The Notes will not be redeemable prior to May 15, 2002 except that, until May
15, 2000, the Company may redeem, at its option, up to an aggregate of $20.0
million of the principal amount of the Notes at the redemption price set forth
herein plus accrued interest to the date of redemption with the net proceeds of
one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined herein) if at least $70.0
million of principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding after each such
redemption. On or after May 15, 2002, the Notes are redeemable at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein
plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. Upon a Change of Control (as
defined herein), each holder of Notes may require the Company to repurchase
such Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the
date of repurchase. See "Description of the Notes--Change of Control." The
Notes will settle through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust
Company.
The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, senior subordinated unsecured
obligations of the Company. The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be,
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness
(as defined herein) of the Company. As of June 28, 1997, (i) the amount of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company was approximately $2.9 million, (ii) the
Company had the ability to borrow up to an additional $20.0 million under the
Revolving Credit Facility (as defined herein) and (iii) there was no
outstanding indebtedness to which the Notes are senior in right of payment. The
Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, fully and unconditionally guaranteed,
jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by all of the Company's
operating subsidiaries including, Hermetic Seal Corporation ("Hermetic"),
Glasseal Products, Inc. ("Glasseal"), Sealtron Inc. ("Sealtron"), Sealtron
Acquisition Corp. and HCC Industries International (collectively, the
"Subsidiary Guarantors"). See "Description of Notes--Subsidiary Guarantees" and
"--Certain Covenants." The Subsidiary Guarantees (as defined herein) will be
subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness
of the Subsidiary Guarantors, including guarantees under the Revolving Credit
Facility. The Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with all senior
subordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior to any subordinated
indebtedness of the Company issued after the Offering.
For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the
Old Notes, from May 6, 1997. Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange
may, in the limited circumstances described above, have the right to receive,
in cash, additional accrued interest (if any) thereon to, but not including,
the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer, such interest to be payable on
the May 15 or November 15 next following such date of consummation. Holders of
Old Notes accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to
receive any other payments or accrued interest on the Old Notes.
The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors contained in the
Registration Rights Agreement dated May 6, 1997 among the Company and the other
signatories thereto (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). Based on
interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") as set forth in no action letters issued to third parties, the Company
believes that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for
Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. However, the
Company does not intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not
considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there
can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar
determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other
circumstances. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such
New Notes and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a
distribution of New Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is
engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with
respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable
interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New
Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-
dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old
Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it
will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The Company
will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. Tenders of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
Expiration Date. In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer and
does not accept for exchange any Old Notes, the Company will promptly return
the Old Notes to the holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer."
-----------
There is no existing trading market for the New Notes, and there can be no
assurance regarding the future development of a market for the New Notes, or
the ability of holders of the New Notes to sell their New Notes or the price at
which such holders may be able to sell their New Notes. Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation and Furman Selz LLC (the "Initial Purchasers") have advised
the Company that they currently intend to make a market in the New Notes. The
Initial Purchasers are not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making
with respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice.
The Company does not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes
on any securities exchange or stock market.
-----------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 14 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF CERTAIN RISKS TO BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE
EXCHANGE OFFER.
-----------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
-----------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have filed with the SEC a
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") under the
Securities Act, with respect to the New Notes being offered by this
Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in
the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, to which reference is
hereby made. Any statements made in this Prospectus concerning the provisions
of certain documents include all material elements of such documents, but are
not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy
of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors (which are all
direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company) are not included
in this Prospectus because (i) the guarantee obligations of the Subsidiary
Guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several, (ii) the aggregate
assets, liabilities, earnings, and equity of the Subsidiary Guarantors are
substantially equivalent to the total assets, liabilities, earnings and equity
of HCC Industries Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (iii)
management of the Company has determined that separate financial statements of
the Subsidiary Guarantors would not be material to investors.
The Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and will also
be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices of the SEC
located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and at Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies
of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are not currently subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"). As a result of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors will become ~subject to such requirements, and in
accordance therewith will file periodic reports and other information with the
SEC. The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding registrants, such as the Company,
that file electronically with the SEC and the address of such site is
http://www.sec.gov. In the event the Company is not required to be subject to
the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in the future, the Company will
be required under the Indenture, dated as of May 6, 1997 (the "Indenture"),
among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as trustee (the "Trustee"), pursuant to which the Old Notes have
been, and the New Notes will be, issued, to continue to file with the SEC and
to furnish to holders of the Notes the information, documents and other
reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including
reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, for so long as any Notes are outstanding.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements." All statements other
than statements of historical facts included in this Prospectus, including
without limitation the statements under "Business-Business Strategy" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" are forward-looking statements. Although management believes that
the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable,
it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been
correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from the Company's or management's expectations ("Cautionary
Statements") are disclosed in this Prospectus, including without limitation in
conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this Prospectus
and under "Risk Factors." All written and oral forward-looking statements made
following consummation of the Exchange Offer that are attributable to the
Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their
entirety by the Cautionary Statements.
2
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,
INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. CERTAIN
CAPITALIZED TERMS USED BUT NOT DEFINED IN THIS SUMMARY ARE USED HEREIN AS
DEFINED TERMS ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE
REQUIRES, (I) ALL REFERENCES TO "HCC" HEREIN REFER TO HCC INDUSTRIES INC., ALL
REFERENCES TO THE "COMPANY" HEREIN REFER TO HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND ITS
CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES AND (II) THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS GIVES
EFFECT TO THE RECAPITALIZATION AND THE OFFERING.
THE COMPANY
The Company is the largest custom manufacturer of high precision hermetically
sealed electronic connection devices in the United States. High precision
hermetic seals are used primarily to permit the flow of electricity across a
barrier that separates different atmospheric media (such as gas or liquid to
air or vacuum). A hermetic seal is generally accomplished through the creation
of a glass-to-metal seal ("GTMS"). The Company's glass-to-metal seal products
are custom designed for each application to meet demanding pressure,
temperature and vibration specifications. The Company focuses on the high-end,
custom segment of the GTMS market where it believes that its higher value added
manufacturing and engineering capabilities enable it to differentiate itself
from its competitors and enhance profitability.
Hermetically sealed components have diverse applications and are found in
electronic equipment used in automobiles, airplanes, process control devices,
military equipment, electronic sensors, petrochemical related equipment and
telecommunications equipment. The Company estimates that the total market for
hermetic seals is $600 million, of which approximately half of the market
services high-end custom applications in which the Company competes. The
Company believes based upon internal analysis that the market for custom
manufactured hermetically sealed products is extremely fragmented, with no
other competitor offering the same breadth of products as the Company. The
Company believes based upon internal estimates that it is a leading supplier of
glass-to-metal seals to each of the industries that it supplies. The Company
has a diverse customer base, with sales to approximately 1,200 customers in
fiscal 1997, and believes that it has significant competitive advantages
because of its custom designed engineering, rapid turnaround capabilities and
its strict adherence to quality and reliability. Sales to Special Devices, Inc.
("SDI"), the Company's largest customer, accounted for approximately 27% of the
Company's consolidated sales for the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997. Some of
the Company's other key customers include: ICI North America, Inc., a
subsidiary of Imperial Chemical Industries P.L.C. ("ICI"), TRW Inc. ("TRW"),
Allied Signal Inc. ("Allied Signal"), Halliburton Company ("Halliburton") and
Schlumberger N.V. ("Schlumberger").
Approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal 1997 were to
customers with which the Company had contractual agreements, sole source
relationships, letters of intent or long-term purchase orders. The Company's
sales have grown at a compound annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 15% over the last
five years.
Sales of GTMS products to the aerospace, petrochemical and general industrial
markets constituted approximately 59% of the Company's consolidated sales for
the 1997 fiscal year. The Company's GTMS products are used in a variety of
applications, such as temperature sensors, down-hole logging equipment in the
oil and gas industry, and in most commercial aircraft currently in production.
The Company believes it is well positioned to benefit from any growth that
might occur in these respective markets.
3
<PAGE>
Sales of products to the automotive industry constituted approximately 41% of
the Company's consolidated sales for the 1997 fiscal year. A substantial
portion of the Company's growth over the last several years has come from sales
to the automotive industry, particularly hermetically sealed components for use
in airbag initiators, automotive crash sensors, climate control devices and
anti-lock braking systems. At present, every airbag produced requires at least
one airbag initiator (the device that deploys the airbag). The Company is the
leading supplier of hermetically sealed products used in airbag initiators, and
because of its strong relationships with most of the major initiator suppliers,
the Company believes it is well positioned to benefit from projected growth in
the airbag industry. Growth in airbag installations is expected to continue
through the turn of the century due to the fill-out penetration of driver side
and passenger side front seat airbags and increased penetration of side impact
and other types of airbags. The Economist Intelligence Unit ("EIU") has
forecast that worldwide airbag demand is expected to increase to 104 million
units by 2005, a CAGR of 10% from 1995 to 2005. Additionally, other
applications which use GTMS products in the automotive industry continue to
grow including, for example, seat belt pretensioners, suspension stabilization
devices and additional climate control devices.
The Company believes that it has established its market position as a result
of its (i) vertical integration, (ii) focus on customer service, particularly
on the shortening of its manufacturing cycle and improving the timeliness of
its deliveries, and (iii) proprietary manufacturing processes used in producing
high precision GTMS which has been built up over its 51 years in the industry.
Many of the Company's smaller competitors are only involved in one aspect of
manufacturing a hermetically sealed electronic connector, typically the heat
induced fusing of the glass to the metal. In contrast, the Company produces its
own glass and ceramic compounds, designs and machines the metal connector
housing and plates the connector pins as required. The Company believes that it
has the capability to perform all of the manufacturing functions itself without
having to rely on third party contractors, providing the Company a competitive
advantage in terms of supplying a high level of customer satisfaction.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it has the following competitive strengths:
Long-Term Customer Relationships. Many of the Company's customers, including
SDI, TRW, Allied Signal, Halliburton and Schlumberger, have been customers for
over ten years. The Company believes that both automotive and aerospace
original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") continue to seek long-term
partnerships with fewer core suppliers. The Company's relationships are
strengthened by the fact that many of its arrangements with its customers
provide for the Company to act as the sole source of supply for the customer.
The Company estimates that approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated
sales for fiscal year 1997 were from contractual agreements, sole source
relationships, letters of intent or long-term purchase orders.
Market Leadership. A number of the Company's products hold leading market
positions in their respective niche markets. The Company believes based upon
internal estimates that it currently produces hermetically sealed products for
approximately 50% of the airbag initiators produced in the U.S. The Company
believes, based upon long-term relationships with ICI and SDI, that it is well
positioned to continue to increase its market share, as well as expand its
sales internationally.
Commitment to Quality and Service. The Company believes that its commitment
to provide consistent, high quality products and services, flexible
manufacturing and custom designed products at competitive prices forms the
basis for its strong and diversified customer relationships. The Company
4
<PAGE>
manufactures most of its parts to specific customer requirements. The Company
utilizes Statistical Process Control, Design Failure Mode Effects Analysis,
Process Failure Mode Analysis, and a strict adherence to complete manufacturing
documentation in order to manufacture high quality products for internal use as
well as external customer sales. The Company believes that its knowledge and
use of these procedures give the Company a competitive advantage. Sealtron
became registered to ISO 9001 in September 1996. Hermetic and Glasseal expect
to be registered to ISO 9001 within twelve months and to be registered to QS
9000 (the automotive standard) within 24 months.
Proprietary Technology. The Company operates in the automotive, aerospace and
general industrial technologies markets in which products typically require
sophisticated engineering and production techniques. The Company designs and
manufactures new products to fulfill customer needs, and has developed
proprietary manufacturing technology since its founding in 1945. The Company
believes that this proprietary technology helps enable it to attract and retain
customers who require customized, high tolerance products. The Company
estimates that it has produced over 75,000 different variations of GTMS.
Low Cost Operations. The Company believes that its extensive "in-house"
capabilities and vertical integration are competitive advantages that have
allowed it to become a low cost producer. By controlling the tolerance of the
component parts, the Company has been able to reduce scrap and to increase the
yields of its products. Furthermore, the Company is continually developing and
assessing its programs designed to increase efficiency and enhance economies of
scale in order to further reduce costs.
Diverse Products and Customers. The Company has a diverse customer base, with
sales of numerous product variations to approximately 1,200 customers in fiscal
1997. Sales to SDI, the Company's largest customer, accounted for approximately
27% of the Company's consolidated sales for the fiscal year ended March 29,
1997. Over the past several years, the Company has recognized consistent growth
in sales of GTMS products to the automotive, aerospace and general industrial
markets.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to expand its business through:
Focusing on Core Strengths. The Company continues to focus on what it
believes are its core strengths and to invest in those businesses that are
consistent with those strengths and which exhibit high growth potential. Core
strengths include the timely custom design and manufacturing of high tolerance,
high reliability components and the effective program management of long-term
contracts and supply agreements.
Leveraging Customer Relationships. The Company works closely with its
customers to jointly develop and design new products and to improve the
performance and lower the cost of existing products. The Company has sole
source supply contracts, shares product development, and enters into other
teaming arrangements with its key customers to further strengthen and broaden
its relationships. The Company believes that this strategy, together with the
successful performance under existing contracts has led to additional long-term
business from key existing customers and new customers.
Pursuing Selective Acquisitions. The Company intends to pursue selective
acquisitions and to add products and capabilities that are complementary to its
existing operations. Priority is expected to be given to acquiring businesses
whose products can be manufactured in the Company's existing facilities ("fold-
in" acquisitions). The Company's operations are characterized by a relatively
high level of operating leverage; therefore, such fold-in acquisitions should
allow the Company to allocate costs across broader synergistic product lines
and represent additional volume through the Company's existing facilities which
should provide opportunities to improve profitability.
5
<PAGE>
Expanding Internationally. The Company is considering the expansion of its
operations in Europe. The primary motivation in a geographic expansion would
most likely be to service the growth of its current customers' operations as
they expand their production operations abroad.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1985, and its principal executive
offices are located at 4232 Temple City Boulevard, P.O. Box 739, Rosemead,
California 91770-1592 and its telephone number is (213) 283-7500. The Company
operates through three operating subsidiaries: Hermetic, Glasseal and Sealtron
each of which manufactures and sells glass-to-metal sealed products. HCC
Industries International is a European based marketing subsidiary, which sells
glass-to-metal sealed products. Sealtron Acquisition Corp. is a holding company
for Sealtron, Inc.
6
<PAGE>
THE RECAPITALIZATION
Effective as of February 14, 1997, pursuant to a Stock Purchase and Sale
Agreement (the "Recapitalization Agreement") dated as of December 23, 1996,
HCC, Andrew Goldfarb and certain affiliates of Mr. Goldfarb and his family
(collectively, the "Selling Stockholder"), certain members of management
(together with the Selling Stockholder, the "Selling Group"), Windward Capital
Associates, L.P. ("Windward") and certain entities Windward controls
(collectively, with Windward, the "Windward Group") and Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company ("MetLife") completed a recapitalization of the Company (the
"Recapitalization"). The Windward Group is a group of related entities which
make merchant banking investments pursuant to certain program agreements. In
connection with the Recapitalization, among other things: (i) the Company
entered into Credit Facilities, consisting of: (a) a $10 million five year
Revolving Credit Facility (the "Old Revolving Credit Facility"), (b) a $30
million, five-year Tranche A Term Loan ("Term Loan A") and (c) a $30 million,
six and one-half year Tranche B Term Loan ("Term Loan B" and together with the
Old Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan A, the "Old Credit Facilities");
(ii) HCC issued $19.3 million, net of discount, of 12% subordinated notes to
the Windward Group and MetLife (the "Mezzanine Notes") along with accompanying
shares of Common Stock and contingent anti-dilution warrants (together valued
at $3.2 million and representing approximately 6% of the common equity of the
Company on a fully diluted basis) for an aggregate consideration of $22.5
million (as more fully described herein, the Mezzanine Notes together with the
accompanying equity, the "Mezzanine Units"); (iii) HCC repurchased a portion of
the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Selling Group for $93.5
million in cash, including the Deferred Amount (as defined herein), and $5
million in contingent subordinated notes (the "Contingent Notes") and the
Selling Group retained 47,234 shares of Common Stock; (iv) the Windward Group
purchased 87,721 shares of Common Stock from HCC for $32.5 million in cash; and
(v) HCC repaid $21.4 million of its outstanding indebtedness. Immediately prior
to the Recapitalization, the Selling Group owned 100% of the outstanding Common
Stock. As a result of the Recapitalization, after giving effect to the
redemption of the Mezzanine Units with the proceeds of the Offering, the
Windward Group owns 65% of the outstanding Common Stock and the Selling Group
(and certain other members of management) owns 35% of the outstanding Common
Stock.
THE REFINANCING
On May 6, 1997, the Company issued $90.0 million in principal amount of Old
Notes and used the proceeds of such issuance to, among other things, (i) repay
100% of the outstanding principal amount, together with all accrued but unpaid
interest thereon, of each of Term Loan A and Term Loan B and (ii) repurchase
all outstanding Mezzanine Units for $22.5 million, the initial purchase price
thereof, together with accrued but unpaid interest on the Mezzanine Notes. In
addition on May 6, 1997, the Company amended the Old Revolving Credit Facility
to, among other things, increase the amount available thereunder from $10.0
million to $20.0 million (the Old Revolving Credit Facility, as so amended and
in effect on the date hereof, the "Revolving Credit Facility").
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Securities Offered...... Up to $90.0 million principal amount of 10 3/4% Se-
nior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007, which have
been registered under the Securities Act. The terms
of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in
all material respects, except for certain transfer
restrictions and registration rights relating to the
Old Notes and except that, if the Exchange Offer is
not consummated by November 3, 1997, additional in-
terest will accrue on the Old Notes from and includ-
ing November 3, 1997 until but excluding the date of
consummation of the Exchange Offer payable in cash
semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15,
commencing November 15, 1997 at a rate of .50% per
annum
7
<PAGE>
(increasing at .50% per annum at the end of each 90-
day period following November 3, 1997, but in no
event will the additional interest exceed 2%).
The Exchange Offer...... The New Notes are being offered in exchange for a
like principal amount of Old Notes. The issuance of
the New Notes is intended to satisfy obligations of
the issuer contained in the Registration Rights
Agreement. For procedures for tendering, see "The Ex-
change Offer."
Tenders, Expiration
Date; Withdrawal.......
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on , 1997, or such later date and
time to which it is extended. The tender of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at
any time prior to the Expiration Date. Any Old Note
not accepted for exchange for any reason will be re-
turned without expense to the tendering holder
thereof as promptly as practicable after the expira-
tion or termination of the Exchange Offer.
Certain Conditions to
Exchange Offer.........
The Company shall not be required to accept for
exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any
Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange Of-
fer if at any time before the acceptance of Old Notes
for exchange or the exchange of the New Notes for
such Old Notes certain events have occurred, which in
the reasonable judgment of the Company, make it
inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer and/or
with such acceptance for exchange or with such ex-
change. Such events include (i) any threatened, in-
stituted or pending action seeking to restrain or
prohibit the Exchange Offer, (ii) a general suspen-
sion of trading in securities on any national securi-
ties exchange or in the over-the-counter market,
(iii) a general banking moratorium, (iv) the com-
mencement of a war or armed hostilities involving the
United States and (v) a material adverse change or
development involving a prospective material adverse
change in the Company's business, properties, assets,
liabilities, financial condition, operations, results
of operations or prospects that may affect the value
of the Old Notes or the New Notes. In addition, the
Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange
for any such Old Notes, at any such time any stop or-
der shall be threatened or in effect with respect to
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
constitutes a part or the qualification of the Inden-
ture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. See "The
Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer."
Federal Income Tax
Considerations.........
The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer should
not result in gain or loss to the holders or the Com-
pany for federal income tax pur- poses. See "Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations."
Use of Proceeds......... There will be no proceeds to the Company from the ex-
change pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
Exchange Agent.......... IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company is serving as ex-
change agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection
with the Exchange Offer.
8
<PAGE>
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions in
the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon
as a consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from,
or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act.
See "Description of the Notes--Registration Rights." Based on interpretations
by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise
transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder which is an "affiliate"
of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. However, the
Company does not intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not
considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there
can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar
determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in such other
circumstances. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New
Notes and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution
of New Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or
intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to
the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer
such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff
of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes must acknowledge that such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-
dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes
received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the
Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer
for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, to comply with the
state securities laws, the New Notes may not be offered or sold in any state
unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an
exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
The offer and sale of the New Notes to "qualified institutional buyers" (as
such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act) is generally exempt
from registration or qualification under the state securities laws. The Company
has agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to certain
limitations specified therein, to register or qualify the New Notes for offer
or sale under the Securities laws of such jurisdictions as any holder
reasonably requests in writing. Unless a holder so requests, the Company
currently does not intend to register or qualify the sale of the New Notes in
any state where an exemption from registration or qualification is required and
not available. See "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes"
and "Description of the Notes--Registration Rights."
9
<PAGE>
SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in all material
respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights
relating to the Old Notes and except that, if the Exchange Offer is not
consummated by November 3, 1997, additional interest will accrue on the Old
Notes from and including such date until but excluding the date of consummation
of the Exchange Offer at a rate of .50% per annum (increasing at .50% per annum
at the end of each 90-day period following November 3, 1997, but in no event
will the additional interest exceed 2%). The New Notes will bear interest from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no
interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from May 6, 1997. Accordingly, if the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the
Exchange Offer, registered holders of New Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. If, however, the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of
the Exchange Offer registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation
of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for
exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes
otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs
on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer.
Securities Offered...... Up to $90.0 million aggregate principal amount of the
Company's 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes
due 2007.
Maturity Date........... May 15, 2007.
Interest Payment Dates.. May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing No-
vember 15, 1997.
Optional Redemption..... The Notes will not be redeemable prior to May 15,
2002 except that, until May 15, 2000, the Company may
redeem, at its option, up to an aggregate of $20.0
million of the principal amount of the Notes at the
redemption price set forth herein plus accrued inter-
est to the date of redemption with the net proceeds
of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined
herein) if at least $70.0 million of principal amount
of the Notes remain outstanding after each such re-
demption. On or after May 15, 2002, the Notes are re-
deemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at the redemption prices set forth herein plus
accrued interest to the date of redemption.
Change of Control.......
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each
Holder will have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Notes at
101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus ac-
crued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. If
a Change of Control offer is made, there can be no
assurance that the Company will have available funds
sufficient to pay the purchase price for all of the
Notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to
accept the Change of Control offer.
10
<PAGE>
Ranking.................
The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, senior
subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company,
and will be subordinate in right of payment to all
existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the
Company and pari passu to all existing and future
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. As
of June 28, 1997, the aggregate amount of outstanding
Senior Indebtedness of the Company was $2.9 million.
As of June 28, 1997, there was no outstanding
indebtedness of the Company to which the Notes were
senior in right of payment. The Indenture will limit
the incurrence of future indebtedness.
Guarantees..............
The payment of the principal of, premium and interest
on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed
on a senior subordinated basis jointly and severally
by the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined). The guar-
antees by the Subsidiary Guarantors will be subordi-
nated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness
of each such Subsidiary Guarantor, including the
guarantees of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Re-
volving Credit Facility. See "Description of the
Notes--Subsidiary Guarantees."
Certain Covenants.......
The Indenture limits the incurrence of additional in-
debtedness by the Company and the Subsidiary Guaran-
tors, the payment of dividends and distributions, the
proceeds from certain asset sales and certain trans-
actions with affiliates and contains certain other
restrictive covenants affecting the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors. As of June 28, 1997, the maxi-
mum aggregate amount of additional indebtedness which
may have been incurred pursuant to the terms of the
Indenture by the Company and the Subsidiary Guaran-
tors was approximately $35.0 million. See "Descrip-
tion of the Notes--Certain Covenants."
Events of Default...
An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as
(i) default in the payment of interest on the Notes
when due, continued for 30 days, (ii) default in the
payment of principal of any Note when due, (iii) the
failure by the Company to comply with its obligations
in the "Merger and Consolidation" section of the In-
denture, (iv) the failure by the Company to comply
for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations
in the "Change of Control" section of the Indenture
(other than a failure to purchase the Notes) or under
certain other sections of the Indenture, (v) the
failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after
notice with its other agreements contained in the In-
denture, (vi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Sig-
nificant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable
grace period after final maturity or upon accelera-
tion and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid
or accelerated exceeds $5 million, (vii) certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of
the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (viii) any
judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess
of $5 million is rendered against the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, or (ix)
any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Significant Subsidiary
ceases to be in full force and effect (other than
pursuant to the terms
11
<PAGE>
of the Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guar-
antor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee.
Use of Proceeds......... The Company will not receive any proceeds from the
Exchange Offer. The net proceeds of the Offering,
which were approximately $86.3 million, were used
primarily to (i) repay in full Term Loan A and Term
Loan B totaling $60.0 million, (ii) redeem all of the
Mezzanine Units for an aggregate redemption price of
$22.5 million and (iii) provide for working capital
and general corporate purposes. See "The
Recapitalization," "Use of Proceeds" and "Description
of Certain Indebtedness."
Exchange Offer;
Registration Rights....
Holders of New Notes are not entitled to any regis-
tration rights with respect to the New Notes. Pursu-
ant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
has agreed to file an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or, under certain circumstances, a Shelf
Registration Statement. The Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part constitutes the Ex-
change Offer Registration Statement. Under certain
circumstances, certain Holders of Notes (including
Holders who may not participate in the Exchange Offer
or who may not freely resell New Notes received in
the Exchange Offer) may require the Company to file,
and cause to become effective, a shelf registration
statement under the Securities Act, which would cover
resales of the Notes by such Holders. See "Descrip-
tion of the Notes--Registered Exchange Offer; Regis-
tration Rights."
RISK FACTORS
Holders of Old Notes should consider carefully the information set forth
under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this
Prospectus before making a decision to tender their Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer.
12
<PAGE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following summary consolidated historical financial information for each
of the three years ended April 1, 1995, March 30, 1996 and March 29, 1997 has
been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary interim consolidated
financial information as of and for the three month periods ended June 28, 1997
and June 29, 1996 has been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial
statements of the Company. In the opinion of management, the unaudited
consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial
information for such periods. Results for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. The unaudited
pro forma consolidated financial information for the fiscal year ended March
29, 1997 reflects the effect of adjustments to the historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company necessary to give effect to (i) the
Recapitalization, (ii) the Offering and the use of proceeds therefrom and (iii)
the other transactions as described in the notes below, and is based upon
available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are
reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated
financial information for the three month period ended June 28, 1997 reflects
the effect of adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements
of the Company necessary to give effect to the Offering and the use of proceeds
therefrom, and is based upon available information and certain assumptions that
the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro
forma consolidated financial information is presented for comparative and
informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of future results
or of the results that would have been obtained had the transactions assumed
therein been completed on the dates indicated. The information presented below
should be read in conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and related notes, all included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
13
<PAGE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA AND RATIOS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA PRO FORMA
FISCAL YEAR ENDED FISCAL THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS THREE MONTHS
---------------------------------- YEAR ENDED ENDED ENDED ENDED
APRIL 1, MARCH 30, MARCH 29, MARCH 29, JUNE 29, JUNE 28, JUNE 28,
1995 1996 1997 1997 1996 1997 1997
-------- --------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
DATA:
Net sales............... $ 40.3 $ 52.2 $ 56.7 $ 56.7 $ 14.7 $ 15.5 $ 15.5
Cost of goods sold...... 25.4 32.6 35.7 35.7 9.2 9.3 9.3
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Gross profit............ 14.9 19.6 21.0 21.0 5.5 6.2 6.2
Selling, general and ad-
ministrative
expenses............... 6.3 9.1 9.3 4.7 2.2 2.1 2.1
Non-recurring expense... -- -- 10.0(/1/) 10.0(/1/) -- -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings from opera-
tions.................. 8.6 10.5 1.7 6.3 3.3 4.1 4.1
Interest expense........ (1.7) (1.9) (2.9) (10.7) (0.4) (2.6) (2.6)
Interest and other in-
come................... 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.1
Other expense........... (1.4)(/2/) -- -- -- -- -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before
taxes and extraordinary
item................... 5.6 8.9 (0.8) (4.0) 3.0 1.6 1.6
Taxes (benefit) on earn-
ings (loss)............ 1.7 3.2 (0.3) (1.4) 1.2 0.7 0.6
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before
extraordinary item..... 3.9 5.7 (0.5) (2.6) 1.8 0.9 1.0
Extraordinary loss on
retirement
of debt, net of tax
benefit................ -- -- (1.2) --(/8/) -- (1.0) --(/8/)
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings (loss)..... $ 3.9 $ 5.7 $ (1.7) $ (2.6) $ 1.8 $ (0.1) $ 1.0
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Earnings (loss) per
share before
extraordinary loss..... $ 7.76 $ 11.44 $ (1.46) $(19.23) $ 3.68 $ 6.84 $ 7.05
Extraordinary loss per
share.................. -- -- (3.29) -- -- (7.27) --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings (loss) per
share.................. $ 7.76 $ 11.44 $ (4.75) $(19.23) $ 3.68 $ (.43) $ 7.05
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Weighted average shares
outstanding............ 496,166 494,968 360,585 134,955 499,866 137,826 134,995
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Gross margin............ 37.0% 37.5% 37.0% 37.0% 37.4% 40.0% 40.0%
EBITDA, as adjust-
ed(/4/)................ 9.7 11.6 3.1 7.7 3.6 4.5 4.5
EBITDA margin, as ad-
justed................. 24.2% 22.3% 5.3% 13.6% 24.5% 29.0% 29.0%
Depreciation and
amortization........... 1.1 1.1 1.4 1.4 0.3 0.4 0.4
Non-recurring
charges(/3/)........... 2.1 4.9 14.6 10.0 1.2 -- --
Capital expenditures.... 1.2 2.0 3.4 3.4 0.8 0.7 0.7
Cash flows provided by
(used in):
Operating activities.... 5,696 5,062 1,810 -- 2,583 1,758 --
Investing activities.... 136 (615) (1,768) -- (297) (2,894) --
Financing activities.... (2,520) (1,424) 152 -- (153) 3,075 --
Pro forma ratio of
EBITDA, as adjusted, to
interest expense(/5/).. -- -- -- --(/10/) -- -- 1.7x
Pro forma ratio of
EBITDA, as adjusted,
less capital
expenditures to
interest expense....... -- -- -- --(/10/) -- -- 1.5x
Pro forma ratio of earn-
ings to fixed
charges(/6/)........... -- -- -- --(/9/) -- -- 1.6x
Pro forma ratio of total
debt to EBITDA, as ad-
justed................. -- -- -- 12.1x -- -- 5.2x
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF MARCH 29, 1997
--------------------------
AS OF
AS ADJUSTED FOR JUNE 28,
HISTORICAL THE OFFERING 1997
---------- --------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.................. $ 6.8 $ 10.6 $ 8.8
Working capital............................ 7.6 14.3 12.7
Property, plant and equipment, net......... 12.3 12.3 13.0
Total assets............................... 116.1 122.5 54.9
Total debt(/7/)............................ 82.4 93.1 92.9
Stockholders' deficit...................... (53.3) (57.7) (57.1)
</TABLE>
14
<PAGE>
- -------
(/1/) Represents $10.0 million non-recurring expense for environmental
remediation. In connection with the Recapitalization, a $6.0 million
escrow (the "Deferred Amount") was established primarily to fund the
estimated after-tax cost (estimated tax benefit of $4.0 million)
associated with these environmental matters. See "The Recapitalization."
(/2/) Represents $1.4 million loss on sale of real property.
(/3/) Non-recurring charges represent certain compensation and environmental
costs which will not recur subsequent to the Recapitalization. The non-
recurring compensation amounts were derived by subtracting the
compensation under contracts entered into in conjunction with the
Recapitalization from the historical compensation expense. Those charges
that are directly affected by the Recapitalization and the Offering are
eliminated in the pro forma adjustments.
(/4/) EBITDA, as adjusted, represents net earnings before taking into
consideration extraordinary loss, taxes on earnings, interest income,
other non-cash expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization.
This data is relevant to an understanding of the economics of the
Company's business as it indicates cash flow available from operations
(and/or trends in cash flow available from operations) to service debt
and satisfy certain fixed obligations. EBITDA, as adjusted, should not be
construed by the reader as an alternative to operating income as an
indicator of the Company's operating performance, or to cash flows from
operating activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or as a
measure of liquidity. In addition, EBITDA, as adjusted, measures
presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of
other companies.
(/5/) Proforma interest expense for the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997 is pro
forma interest expense including amortization of deferred financing
costs, and gives effect to the Recapitalization and the Offering as if
they occurred on March 31, 1996.
(/6/) For purposes of this ratio, earnings consists of earnings before income
taxes. Fixed charges consists of interest expense and the portion of
rents representative of an interest factor. The pro forma ratio of
earnings to fixed charges is computed by adding earnings before income
taxes and fixed charges and dividing by fixed charges.
(/7/) Total debt represents total indebtedness of the Company including current
maturities.
(/8/) Excludes extraordinary loss on the debt retired from the proceeds from
the Recapitalization.
(/9/) The Company's pro forma earnings were insufficient to cover interest
expense and fixed charges for the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997. The
dollar amount of the deficiency was $4,000,000.
(/10/) The Company's pro forma EBITDA, as adjusted, and EBITDA, as adjusted,
less capital expenditures were insufficient to cover interest expense for
the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997.
15
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider the following specific risk
factors, as well as the other information set forth in this Prospectus, before
tendering their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE AND REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER OF NEW NOTES
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions
in the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon
as a consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from,
or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act.
See "The Exchange Offer--Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes."
ABILITY OF THE COMPANY TO PAY INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL OF NOTES; SUBSTANTIAL
LEVERAGE
The Company has indebtedness which is substantial in relation to
stockholders' equity, as well as interest and debt service requirements that
are significant compared to its income and cash flow from operations. At June
28, 1997, the Company's total indebtedness was $92.9 million and the Company's
annual interest payments due on such indebtedness will be $9.9 million. No
principal payments are due on the Notes until maturity in May 2007. For the
three months ended June 28, 1997, on a pro forma basis (after giving effect to
such assumptions), the Company's ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have
been 1.6 to 1.0.
This degree of leverage will have important consequences, including the
following: (i) the ability of the Company to obtain additional financing for
working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other
purposes may be impaired; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash
flow from operations will be required to pay the Company's interest expense
and principal repayment obligations and will not be available for the general
corporate needs of the Company; (iii) the Company's leverage may limit its
flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and reduce its ability to
compete against its less highly leveraged competitors; (iv) the Company may be
more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in its business, in the automotive
and aerospace industries or in the economy generally; and (v) to the extent
that the Company incurs any borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility,
which borrowings will be at variable rates, the Company will be vulnerable to
increases in interest rates. The maximum amount available under the Revolving
Credit Facility is $20.0 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
The Company's ability to pay interest on the Notes and satisfy its other
obligations will depend on its future operating performance, which will be
affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other
factors, many of which are beyond its control. There can be no assurance that
the Company will generate earnings in any future period sufficient to cover
its fixed charges. In the absence of adequate operating results and cash
flows, the Company might be required to adopt alternative strategies that may
include reducing or delaying capital expenditures, disposing of material
assets or operations, refinancing its indebtedness, including the Notes, or
seeking additional equity capital to meet its debt service obligations. The
Revolving Credit Facility and Indenture will contain covenants which restrict
the Company's ability to take certain of the foregoing actions, including
selling assets and using the proceeds therefrom. There can be no assurance as
to the timing of such actions, the ability of the Company to consummate such
actions under its existing financing agreements or the proceeds that the
Company could realize therefrom and there can be no assurance that any such
refinancing would be feasible at the time or that such proceeds would be
adequate to meet the obligations then due. In addition, there can be no
assurance that the Subsidiary Guarantors will generate sufficient cash flow to
meet their respective obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes."
16
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS AND CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS
The demand for the Company's products is largely dependent on the automotive
and aerospace industries. Sales to SDI, the Company's largest customer,
accounted for approximately 27% of the Company's consolidated sales for the
fiscal year ended March 29, 1997. Sales to the Company's ten largest customers
accounted for approximately 47% of consolidated sales during the 1997 fiscal
year. Approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal year
1997 were to customers with which the Company had contractual agreements, sole
source relationships, letters of intent or long-term purchase orders. A
substantial portion of these business relationships are informal and certain
of the Company's contractual arrangements may be terminated at will. There can
be no assurance that sales to SDI or the Company's other major customers will
continue at the same level of volume or pricing or that one or more major
customers will not terminate or seek to materially alter the terms of their
relationship with the Company. There can be no assurance that SDI or other
large customers will not shift their sourcing to other suppliers, develop in-
house manufacturing capabilities, transfer production outside of North America
or take other actions which could adversely affect the Company. In the past,
SDI has attempted to find such second source suppliers and to secure a license
from the Company to produce GTMS products internally. SDI has recently
announced its intention to internally produce 100,000 glass-to-metal seal
units per week in partial substitution of the glass-to-metal seal units
supplied to SDI by the Company. In addition, SDI is seeking to renegotiate the
terms of its contract with the Company, including with respect to price and
the minimum percentage of glass-to-metal seal units SDI must buy from the
Company. The loss of SDI as a customer or a substantial decrease in SDI's
purchases from the Company, a material decrease in the demand for automobiles,
automobile airbags or aircraft for which the Company supplies GTMS products or
a material deterioration in the ability of the Company to obtain orders to
supply GTMS products for automobiles or aircraft would have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A
portion of the Company's sales in these markets are to customers who are
government contractors. As such, compliance with various government
regulations and provisions in such customers' contracts may be required.
Certain violations of these regulations could result in termination of the
Company's contracts with such customers, imposition of fines, and/or
suspension or debarment from supplying component parts for government
contracts.
UNCERTAINTY OF DEMAND AND PRICING OF AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS
Many of the Company's customers, including SDI, the Company's largest
customer, are suppliers of products to the automotive industry. The automotive
and automotive supply industries are highly cyclical and, in large part,
dependent upon the overall strength of consumer demand for passenger cars and
light trucks. The U.S. automotive industry has historically experienced
significant fluctuations in demand, based on such factors as general economic
conditions, interest rates and consumer confidence. In addition, strikes,
lock-outs, work stoppages or other production interruptions in the automotive
industry can affect demand for the Company's products. There can be no
assurance that the automotive industry, for which the Company's customers
supply airbags and seat belt pretensioners that incorporate products
manufactured by the Company, will not experience downturns in the future. A
decrease in overall consumer demand for passenger cars and light trucks would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, the Company believes that entry into the
airbag sub-assembly market by a growing number of component and system
suppliers, combined with a greater percentage of lower priced airbags, such as
side-impact airbags, has reduced pricing in the airbag industry. There can be
no assurance that this trend will not continue.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Products for which the Company produces component parts, including airbags
and seat belt pretensioners, are subject to legislative regulation that is
regularly reexamined and amended. There can be no assurance that federal
regulations regarding automobile safety standards will not be amended in the
future so as to adversely impact (a) the use of airbags and seat belt
pretensioners or (b) the manufacturing of such products in a manner that would
adversely impact the Company or that such amendments would not have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
17
<PAGE>
UNCERTAINTY OF DEMAND AND PRICING FOR COMMERCIAL AND MILITARY AVIATION AND
ELECTRONICS
Many of the Company's products are used in a number of different
applications in commercial and military aircraft and electronics. The
aerospace and defense industry has been undergoing rapid consolidation over
the last few years. Consolidations and combinations in the industry may
eliminate customers from the market (including customers of the Company who
are acquired by non-customers) or produce downward pricing pressures on
component parts sales to the aerospace and defense industry. Downward pricing
pressures on sales of component parts, the elimination of customers from the
industry generally or the loss of the Company's customers may have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company.
POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES
The Company is subject to various federal, state and local environmental
laws, ordinances and regulations, including those governing discharges into
the air and water, the storage, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous
wastes, the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination by hazardous
substances, wastes or petroleum products, and the health and safety of
employees ("Environmental Laws"). The soil and groundwater at some of the
Company's facilities have evidence of contamination which may be as a result
of either the Company's operations or other industrial activities in the area.
In particular, a portion of the San Gabriel Valley in which the Company's
principal operating facility in Rosemead, California is located was designated
by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") as a Superfund site in
1984 pursuant to the Comprehensive Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("CERCLA" or "Superfund"). To facilitate cleanup and improve administration of
the vast site, the EPA subdivided the valley into seven geographically
distinct "operable units." The Company has been named as a potentially
responsible party ("PRP") under CERCLA for the El Monte Operable Unit.
Generally, liability under CERCLA is joint and several and remediation can
extend to properties owned by third parties. In addition, the Company's
facility in Avon, Massachusetts is subject to Massachusetts "Chapter 21E," the
state's hazardous site cleanup program. In connection with the ownership and
operation of such properties, the Company may be liable under Environmental
Laws, including CERCLA, for the cost of remediation or removal of such
contamination, as well as certain other related costs, including governmental
penalties and claims by third parties for personal injury and property damage.
In connection with the Recapitalization, the Selling Group has agreed to
indemnify the Company with respect to the after-tax costs of certain
environmental liabilities and certain funds were placed in escrow to secure
indemnification obligations, including environmental indemnification, of the
Selling Group. There can be no assurance that the expenditures ultimately
required for resolution of these matters will not exceed either the amount
escrowed or the total indemnification obligation. In addition, the Company has
agreed to indemnify the Selling Group to the extent such environmental claims
exceed $30.0 million. Moreover, future events, such as new information,
changes in existing Environmental Laws or their interpretation, and more
vigorous enforcement by regulatory authorities, may give rise to additional
expenditures, compliance requirements or liabilities that could be material to
the business and the results of the operations of the Company. See "The
Recapitalization" and "Business--Environmental Matters."
TECHNOLOGICAL RISK
The use of the products manufactured by the Company, including those used in
airbags, are subject to the risk of technological change. The airbag industry
represents a competitive and constantly changing environment with many large
global companies competing for market share with evolving products and new
technologies. Sales to the automotive industry represent approximately 41% of
the Company's sales; a substantial portion of which are sales related to
airbags. Virtually all airbag initiators used in the U.S. and some in Europe
incorporate a glass-to-metal, hermetic seal which protects the initiator from
temperature extremes, electromagnetic interference, moisture and other forms
of environmental stress. Less expensive
18
<PAGE>
plastic initiators are available, but to date have had limited impact in the
U.S. because plastic initiators have not met performance specifications
currently demanded by U.S. auto makers. Plastic initiators may, however,
capture a larger portion of the U.S. market for seat belt pretensioners. In
Europe, plastic initiators have gained greater acceptance for use with airbag
initiators and pretensioners due to their relative cost. In the United States,
a competitor of the Company's customers is introducing an initiator with less
expensive plastic components, which does not use a GTMS, but which may have
similar performance characteristics. Moreover, they and other competitors
continue to seek to develop new plastics and new technology which will be able
to match the performance standards of the Company's glass-to-metal seals.
There can be no assurance that such a product would not be developed or that
given the significant pricing pressure currently existing in the automotive
industry, certain auto makers and auto parts suppliers might elect to use less
expensive plastic seals.
VERTICAL INTEGRATION OF INITIATOR SUPPLIERS BY MANUFACTURING GLASS-TO-METAL
SEALS
The majority of the Company's business is a customized, niche business,
requiring engineering and manufacturing complexity. However, the glass-to-
metal seal being used in the airbag initiator is becoming more standardized,
lending itself to a more automated manufacturing process. As pricing pressures
increase throughout the airbag component industry and particularly with
respect to initiators, initiator manufacturers may be inclined to vertically
integrate by manufacturing their own glass-to-metal seals to capture further
margins and profitability. The vertical integration of the Company's customers
could adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company. See "Dependence on Key Customers and Contractual Relationships."
SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES AND SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, subordinated in right of
payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including all indebtedness
under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 28, 1997, the aggregate amount
of outstanding Senior Indebtedness of the Company was approximately $2.9
million, and the Company had the ability to borrow up to an additional $20.0
million under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company upon liquidation,
dissolution, reorganization or any similar proceeding, the holders of Senior
Indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full before the Holders of
Notes are entitled to receive any payment. In addition, the Company may not
make any payments in respect of the Notes during the continuance of a payment
default under any Designated Senior Indebtedness (as defined herein).
Moreover, if certain non-payment defaults exist under any Designated Senior
Indebtedness, the Company may not make any payments in respect of the Notes
for a specified period of time.
The obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit Facility are,
subject to certain limitations, guaranteed by the Company's domestic wholly-
owned operating Subsidiaries. The Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to
Senior Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the same extent that the
Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the ability
to collect under any Subsidiary Guarantees may therefore be similarly limited.
The obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether as borrower or
guarantor, are collateralized under the Revolving Credit Facility by
substantially all of each such person's present and future assets and any
default thereunder could effectively permit the holders of Senior Indebtedness
to control the Company's and its subsidiaries' cash and other assets which
could indirectly prevent the Company from servicing its debt service
obligations on other indebtedness, including the Notes. The Notes will be
unsecured and, therefore, do not have the benefit of such collateral. If the
Company becomes insolvent or is liquidated or if the indebtedness under the
Revolving Credit Facility is accelerated, the lenders under the Revolving
Credit Facility will be entitled to payment in full from the proceeds of the
collateral prior to any payment to the Holders of the Notes. In such event, it
is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which claims of the
Holders of the Notes could be satisfied
19
<PAGE>
or, if any assets remain, such assets may be insufficient to fully satisfy
such claims. See "Description of the Notes--Ranking," "--Subsidiary
Guarantees" and "--Certain Covenants."
LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES; RESTRICTIONS ON RESALES
The New Notes are being offered to the holders of the Old Notes. The Old
Notes were issued on May 6, 1997 to a small number of institutional investors
and institutional accredited investors and are eligible for trading in the
Private Offering, Resale and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL)
Market, the National Association of Securities Dealers' screenbased, automated
market for trading of securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. To the
extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the
trading market for the remaining untendered Old Notes could be adversely
affected. There is no existing trading market for the New Notes, and there can
be no assurance regarding the future development of a market for the New
Notes, or the ability of holders of the New Notes to sell their New Notes or
the price at which such holders may be able to sell their New Notes. If such a
market were to develop, the New Notes could trade at prices that are higher or
lower than the initial offering price of the Old Notes depending on many
factors, including prevailing interest rates, the Company's operating results
and the market for similar securities. The Initial Purchasers have advised the
Company that they currently intend to make a market in the New Notes. The
Initial Purchasers are not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making
with respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice.
Therefore, there can be no assurance as to liquidity of any trading market for
the New Notes or that an active public market for the New Notes will develop.
The Company does not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes
on any securities exchange or stock market.
Historically, the market for noninvestment grade debt has been subject to
disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of such
securities. There can be no assurance that any market that develops for the
New Notes would not be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions
may have an adverse effect on Holders of the New Notes.
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDERS
Of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, 65% is held by the Windward
Group. Consequently, the Windward Group controls the Company. Pursuant to a
Stockholders Agreement, the Windward Group has the right to elect six out of
the Company's nine directors (with one of such directors being a designee of
MetLife, a significant investor in the Windward Group). See "Securities
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Stockholders Agreement."
ABILITY TO REPURCHASE THE NOTES IN THE EVENT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL
Upon a Change of Control, the Company is obligated to make an offer to
purchase all outstanding Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal
amount of the Notes, plus accrued interest thereon. The Revolving Credit
Facility will prohibit the Company from purchasing any Notes, and will also
provide that the occurrence of certain Change of Control events with respect
to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event of a Change
of Control, the Company must offer to repay all borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility or obtain the consent of its lenders under the Revolving
Credit Facility to make the purchase of the Notes. If the Company does not
obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain
prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to
purchase tendered Notes would constitute a default under the Indenture, which,
in turn, would constitute a default under the Revolving Credit Facility. It
should be noted that the transfers among the members of the Windward Group and
the Investors therein would not cause a Change of Control. There can be no
assurance that the Company will have the financial ability to purchase the
Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to comply with all of its obligations under the
Revolving Credit Facility and the Indenture. See "Description of the Notes--
Change of Control."
20
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's business is managed by a small number of key executive
officers including certain members of the Selling Group, all of whom received
payments (some of which were substantial) in the Recapitalization. The loss of
the services of certain of these executives could have an adverse impact on
the Company. There can be no assurance that the services of such personnel
will continue to be made available. The Company has entered into employment
arrangements with certain key executive officers who own, together with their
affiliates, in the aggregate approximately 35% of the outstanding capital
stock of HCC. See "The Recapitalization" and "Management."
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS
The proceeds of the Offering were used primarily to (i) refinance
indebtedness incurred (the "Recapitalization Indebtedness") by the Company to
finance the purchase of Common Stock in the Recapitalization and (ii) to
repurchase the Mezzanine Units. Under relevant federal bankruptcy law or state
fraudulent transfer laws, the Notes under the circumstances described below
may be subject to avoidance or may be subordinated to existing or future
indebtedness of the Company (in addition to the Senior Indebtedness to which
the Notes are expressly subordinated). If a court in a suit by an unpaid
creditor or representative of creditors, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or
the Company as debtor-in-possession, were to find that after giving effect to
the sale of the Notes or the incurrence of the Recapitalization Indebtedness
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom either (a) the Company
received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the
issuance of the Notes or the Recapitalization Indebtedness (including by
reason of the fact the proceeds therefrom were used to repurchase Common Stock
and Mezzanine Units of the Company) and either (i) was insolvent at the time
of such issuance or was rendered insolvent thereby, (ii) was engaged in
business or transactions for which the assets remaining with the Company
constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed
that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured; or
(b) the Company issued the Notes or incurred the Recapitalization Indebtedness
with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, the court could
avoid the Notes and order that all or part of any payments on the Notes be
returned to the Company or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors, or
subordinate the Notes to all other indebtedness of the Company or take other
action detrimental to the holders of the Notes. In addition, the purchase of
the stock in the Recapitalization was and the repurchase of the equity portion
of the Mezzanine Units are subject to similar restrictions as those described
above pursuant to applicable state law.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing varies based upon
the law of the jurisdiction applied. Generally, however, an entity would be
considered insolvent if the sum of its debts (including contingent
liabilities) is greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if
the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that
will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts
(including contingent liabilities), as they become absolute and matured. In
addition, an entity may be presumed insolvent under some fraudulent transfer
laws if it is not generally paying its debts as they become due. The Company
believes that, based upon forecasts and other financial information including
the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information included elsewhere in this
Prospectus, the Company was at the time of the Recapitalization, is at the
time the Notes are issued, and will continue to be, solvent; will have
sufficient capital to carry on its business; and will continue to be able to
pay its debts as they mature. Accordingly, the Company believes that in a
bankruptcy case or a lawsuit by creditors of the Company, none of the Notes
should be held to have been issued in violation of applicable federal
bankruptcy law or state fraudulent transfer laws. There can be no assurance,
however, as to what standard a court would apply to determine whether the
Company was "insolvent" as of the date the Notes were issued; or that,
regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the
Company was insolvent on such relevant dates. Nor can there be any assurance
that a court would not determine, regardless of whether the Company was
insolvent on the date the Notes were issued, that the payments constituted
fraudulent transfers on another of the grounds listed above.
21
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS LIABILITY EXPOSURE
The Company may be exposed to products liability claims in the future
relating to the performance of a GTMS product or the performance of a product
in which the Company's GTMS product was a component part. The Company
generally obtains indemnification from its customers and currently maintains
insurance coverage for products liability claims. There can be no assurance
that products liability claims will not be brought against the Company in the
future, either by injured customers of an end product manufacturer who used a
Company product as a component or by a direct purchaser from the Company. In
addition no assurance can be given that indemnification from the Company's
customers or coverage under insurance policies will be adequate to cover
future products liability claims against the Company. Moreover, liability
insurance is expensive, difficult to maintain and may be unobtainable in the
future on acceptable terms. The amount and scope of any insurance coverage may
be inadequate if a products liability claim is successfully asserted against
the Company.
22
<PAGE>
THE RECAPITALIZATION
Effective as of February 14, 1997, pursuant to a Stock Purchase and Sale
Agreement (the "Recapitalization Agreement"), dated as of December 23, 1996,
HCC, Andrew Goldfarb and certain affiliates of Mr. Goldfarb and his family
(collectively, the "Selling Stockholder"), certain members of management
(together with the Selling Stockholder, the "Selling Group"), Windward Capital
Associates, L.P. ("Windward") and certain entities Windward controls
(collectively, with Windward, the "Windward Group") and Metropolitan Life
Insurance Company ("MetLife") completed a recapitalization of the Company (the
"Recapitalization"). The Windward Group is a group of related entities which
make merchant banking investments pursuant to certain program agreements.
In connection with the Recapitalization, among other things: (i) the Company
entered into Credit Facilities, consisting of: (a) a $10 million five year
Revolving Credit Facility (the "Old Revolving Credit Facility"), (b) a $30
million, five year Tranche A Term Loan ("Term Loan A") and (c) a $30 million,
six and one-half year Tranche B Term Loan ("Term Loan B" and together with the
Old Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan A, the "Old Credit Facilities");
(ii) HCC issued $19.3 million, net of discount, of 12% subordinated notes due
2004 to the Windward Group and MetLife (the "Mezzanine Notes") along with
8,614 shares of Common Stock and contingent anti-dilution warrants to purchase
1,461 shares of Common Stock (together valued at $3.2 million and representing
approximately 6% of the common equity of the Company on a fully diluted basis,
together with the Mezzanine Notes, the "Mezzanine Units") pursuant to the
Mezzanine Note Agreement (the "Mezzanine Note Agreement"), dated as of
February 14, 1997 and the Recapitalization Agreement for an aggregate purchase
price of $22.5 million; (iii) HCC repurchased a portion of the shares of
Common Stock beneficially owned by the Selling Group for $93.5 million,
including the Deferred Amount (as defined below), in cash (a portion of which
was paid at closing and the remainder of which was deposited in escrow at
closing and paid to the stockholders on April 1, 1997 in order to comply with
applicable state law) and $5.0 million in contingent subordinated notes (the
"Contingent Notes") and the Selling Group retained 47,234 shares of Common
Stock; (iv) the Windward Group purchased 87,721 shares of Common Stock from
HCC for $32.5 million in cash; and (v) HCC repaid $21.4 million of its
outstanding indebtedness. Pursuant to the terms of the Mezzanine Note
Agreement, the Warrants and the Recapitalization Agreement, HCC may, at any
time on or prior to August 13, 1997, repurchase all, but not less than all, of
its outstanding Mezzanine Units for $22.5 million (the aggregate original
purchase price thereof) plus accrued interest, if any, on the Mezzanine Notes
to the date of repurchase. In accounting for the Recapitalization, no fair
value adjustments were made to the book value of the Company's assets and no
goodwill was recognized.
HCC used a portion of the proceeds from the Offering to repurchase the
Mezzanine Units from the holders thereof. See "Use of Proceeds." Immediately
prior to the Recapitalization, the Selling Group owned 100% of the outstanding
Common Stock. As a result of the Recapitalization after giving effect to the
repurchase of the Mezzanine Units, the Windward Group owns 65% of the
outstanding Common Stock and the Selling Group (and certain other members of
management) owns 35% of the outstanding Common Stock.
The Contingent Notes issued to the Selling Group vest upon the achievement
by the Company of certain performance thresholds and are also subject to
immediate vesting upon certain events including (i) an initial public offering
in which certain market capitalization criteria are met, (ii) a sale resulting
in a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in the Contingent Notes) in
which certain equity valuation criteria are met, or (iii) an initial public
offering or a sale resulting in a Change in Control of the Company where the
Company achieves a certain performance threshold. The Contingent Notes rank
pari passu with the Mezzanine Notes and the indebtedness of the Company
evidenced by such Contingent Notes if and when vested is subordinate to Senior
Debt (as defined in the Contingent Notes) and the Notes. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness--Contingent Notes."
The Recapitalization Agreement contains certain representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities of the parties thereto. In connection with the
Recapitalization, HCC entered into a deferred
23
<PAGE>
purchase price agreement dated, February 14, 1997 (the "Deferred Purchase
Price Agreement") with the Selling Group, the Windward Group and MetLife. The
Deferred Purchase Price Agreement provides for the escrow of $6 million (the
"Deferred Amount") to secure a portion of the indemnification obligations to
the Company, including obligations in respect of environmental matters, of the
Selling Group. Any portion of the Deferred Amount which remains following
resolution of certain environmental matters and settlement of other
indemnification obligations in connection with the Recapitalization plus
interest thereon will be paid to the Selling Group. The escrow will remain in
effect until such time. See "Business--Environmental Matters."
In addition, in connection with the Recapitalization, HCC also established
certain management incentive programs, including a stock option plan (the
"Option Plan"), a contingent bonus plan (the "Bonus Plan"), and employment
agreements (the "Employment Agreements") to replace certain previous
arrangements. See "Management--Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements."
Prior to the Recapitalization, management received substantial cash payments
in the form of salary and bonus. Such payments for the fiscal years ended
April 1, 1995, March 30, 1996 and March 29, 1997 paid to the Company's senior
executives are set forth herein under "Management--Executive Compensation."
Following the Recapitalization, such persons will receive substantially lower
annual cash compensation, but will be entitled to participate in the Option
Plan and the Contingent Bonus Plan, described below. Certain of such persons
have also received Contingent Notes in the Recapitalization and are parties to
employment agreements. The Option Plan provides for a grant from time to time
to employees and directors of the Company of non-qualified stock options (the
"Options"). Twenty percent of the Options vest annually subject to the
satisfaction of certain annual performance criteria over five years, but are
also subject to immediate vesting upon a Change of Control so long as the
Windward Group realizes a specified compounded annual rate of return. The
remaining Options vest immediately upon a Change of Control where the Windward
Group realizes a certain rate of return. In addition, regardless of whether
the performance criteria are achieved, all Options, including the performance
based Options, will vest automatically on the seventh anniversary of the date
on which the Option Plan was adopted. See "Management--Option Plan." Pursuant
to the terms of the Bonus Plan, the contingent bonuses vest upon the
satisfaction by the Company of certain performance criteria and are also
subject to immediate vesting upon certain events including (i) an initial
public offering where certain market capitalization criteria are met, (ii) a
sale resulting in a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in the Bonus
Plan) where certain equity valuation criteria are met, or (iii) an initial
public offering or a sale resulting in a Change in Control of the Company
where the Company satisfies certain performance criteria within certain time
periods. See "Management--Contingent Bonus Plan."
In connection with the Recapitalization, HCC reimbursed the Windward Group
and its affiliates for its expenses incurred in connection with the
Recapitalization, including the fees and expenses due to financing sources and
advisers and also reimbursed the Selling Group for certain of its expenses in
connection with the Recapitalization. HCC also paid a fee to the purchasers of
the Mezzanine Units of $500,000 in exchange for the right to repurchase the
Mezzanine Units on or prior to August 13, 1997. HCC also entered into a
Financial Advisory Services Agreement with Windward Capital Partners, L.P., an
affiliate of Windward. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
On June 20, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and
assumed certain liabilities of the Connector Industries of America division of
Uni-Star Industries Inc., a glass-to-metal sealing business which competed
with the Company. The purchase price included $2.1 million in cash and a
contingent payment of $400,000 based upon the volume of business retained in
the immediately subsequent 18 month period.
24
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The net
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Old Notes after
deduction of discounts and commissions and offering expenses were $86.3
million. The net proceeds of the Offering were used to (i) repay in full Term
Loan A and Term Loan B which were incurred in connection with the
Recapitalization to repurchase Common Stock in the Recapitalization (ii)
redeem all of the Mezzanine Units issued in connection with the
Recapitalization and (iii) provide for working capital and general corporate
purposes. See "The Recapitalization." On May 6, 1997, the Company amended the
Old Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the amount
available thereunder from $10.0 million to $20.0 million. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness."
Borrowings under Term Loan A due February 2002 and Term Loan B due August
2003 bore interest, at the Company's option, at rates based on LIBOR or the
Base Rate (each as defined in the Credit Facilities). The weighted average
interest rate under Term Loan A and Term Loan B as of February 14, 1997 was
9.75%. The Mezzanine Notes were subordinated notes of the Company due 2004
bearing an interest rate of 12%. The Company used the net proceeds of the
Offering to redeem the Mezzanine Units which were owned 91% by Windward/Park
HCC, L.L.C. (the Mezzanine Notes were held directly by MetLife, the sole
member other than Windward of Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C.), 7% by
Windward/Merban L.P. and 2% by Windward/Merchant, L.P.
The sources and uses of funds in connection with the Offering were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
The Notes.................................................... $90.0
-----
Total sources.............................................. $90.0
=====
USES OF FUNDS:
Repay Term Loan A............................................ $30.0
Repay Term Loan B............................................ 30.0
Redeem Mezzanine Units....................................... 22.5
Working capital.............................................. 3.8
Fees and expenses............................................ 3.7
-----
Total uses................................................. $90.0
=====
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the actual capitalization of the Company as
of June 28, 1997. This table should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the notes
thereto, the "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,"
together with the notes thereto, and the information contained in
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF
JUNE 28,
1997
-----------
(IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 8.8
========
Revolving Credit Facility(/1/).............................. $ --
The Notes................................................... 90.0
Other indebtedness.......................................... 2.9
--------
Total debt................................................ 92.9
Total stockholders' deficit................................. (57.1)
--------
Total capitalization........................................ $ 35.8
========
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/) The Revolving Credit Facility represents a five-year $20.0 million
committed facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
26
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect to
the Offering as if it was consummated on March 29, 1997 and the unaudited pro
forma consolidated statements of earnings assume that the Recapitalization and
the Offering occurred at the beginning of the fiscal year ended March 29,
1997. Pursuant to the Recapitalization, which occurred on February 14, 1997:
(i) the Company entered into a credit facility consisting of a $10.0 million
five year Revolving Credit Facility, a $30.0 million Term Loan A and a $30.0
million Term Loan B; (ii) HCC issued $19.3 million, net of discount, in
Mezzanine Notes to the Windward Group and Metlife, along with accompanying
shares of Common Stock and contingent anti-dilution warrants (together valued
at $3.2 million) for an aggregate consideration of $22.5 million; (iii) HCC
redeemed a portion of the shares of its Common Stock owned by the Selling
Group for $93.5 million in cash, including the Deferred Amount, and $5.0
million in contingent subordinated notes; (iv) the Windward Group purchased
shares of Common Stock from the Company for $32.5 million in cash; and (v) HCC
repaid $21.4 million of its outstanding indebtedness. In connection with the
Offering, which occurred on May 6, 1997, the Company repaid all outstanding
amounts under Term Loan A and Term Loan B and repurchased the Mezzanine Notes.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are not
necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the
foregoing transactions had been consummated as of the indicated dates or which
may occur in the future. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
statements should be read in conjunction with the historical audited and
unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of HCC Industries Inc. and
Subsidiaries and the related notes thereto and the "Selected Consolidated
Historical Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operation", included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
27
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS OF MARCH 29, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
FOR THE
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS OFFERING
---------- ----------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents.................. $ 6,841 86,300 (a) $ 10,641
(82,500)(b)
Restricted cash............................ 69,282 69,282
Trade accounts receivable.................. 6,904 6,904
Inventories................................ 4,376 4,376
Prepaid and deferred income taxes.......... 533 650 (c) 1,183
Other current assets....................... 223 223
-------- --------
Total current assets...................... 88,159 92,609
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET......... 12,264 12,264
OTHER ASSETS:
Excess of purchase price over net assets
acquired.................................. 4,507 4,507
Deferred financing costs, net.............. 1,827 (1,827)(c) 3,700
3,700 (a)
Deferred income taxes...................... 3,269 3,269
Restricted cash............................ 6,039 6,039
Other...................................... 76 76
-------- --------
TOTAL ASSETS.............................. $116,141 $122,464
======== ========
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Notes payable and current portion of long-
term debt................................. $ 3,537 (2,300)(b) $ 1,237
Accounts payable........................... 2,553 2,553
Accrued liabilities........................ 5,193 5,193
Due to stockholders........................ 69,282 69,282
-------- --------
Total current liabilities................. 80,565 78,265
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
Long-term debt, net of current portion..... 78,916 90,000 (a) 91,863
(77,053)(b)
Other long-term liabilities................ 10,000 10,000
-------- --------
Total liabilities......................... 169,481 180,128
-------- --------
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:
Common stock............................... 14 14
Additional paid-in capital................. -- --
Deficit.................................... (53,354) (3,147)(b) (57,678)
(1,177)(c)
-------- --------
Total stockholders' deficit................ (53,340) (57,664)
-------- --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
DEFICIT.................................. $116,141 $122,464
======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial
statements.
28
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 29, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
FOR THE
RECAPITALIZATION
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS AND THE OFFERING
---------- ----------- ----------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales............................ $56,683 $56,683
Cost of goods sold................... 35,729 35,729
------- -------
Gross profit........................ 20,954 20,954
Selling, general and
administrative expenses............. 9,308 (4,562)(d) 4,746
Non-recurring expense................ 10,000 10,000
------- -------
Earnings from operations............ 1,646 6,208
Other income (expense):
Interest and other income........... 479 479
Interest expense.................... (2,946) 2,409 (e) (10,707)
(10,170)(g)
------- -------
Loss before taxes and extraordinary
item............................... (821) (4,020)
Taxes benefit on loss................ (293) 2,437 (f) (1,425)
------- -------
Loss before extraordinary item...... (528) (2,595)
Extraordinary loss on retirement of
debt, net of tax benefit............ (1,186) 1,186(h) --
------- -------
Net loss............................ $(1,714) (2,595)
======= =======
Loss per share before extraordinary
loss................................ $ (1.46) $(19.23)
Extraordinary loss per share......... (3.29) --
------- -------
Net loss per share................... $ (4.75) $(19.23)
======= =======
Weighted average shares outstanding.. 360,585 134,955
======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial
statements.
29
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 28, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRO FORMA
FOR THE
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS OFFERING
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
DATA)
Net sales.................................... $15,505 $15,505
Cost of goods sold........................... 9,319 9,319
------- -------
Gross profit............................... 6,186 6,186
Selling, general and administrative expenses. 2,129 2,129
------- -------
Earnings from operations................... 4,057 4,057
Other income (expense):
Interest and other income.................. 100 100
Interest expense........................... (2,605) 2,605(i) (2,590)
(2,590)(g)
------- -------
Earnings before taxes and extraordinary
item...................................... 1,552 1,567
Taxes on earnings............................ 609 6(f) 615
------- -------
Earnings before extraordinary item......... 943 952
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net
of tax benefit.............................. (1,002) 1,002(j) --
------- -------
Net earnings (loss)........................ $ (59) $ 952
======= =======
Earnings (loss) per share before extraordi-
nary loss................................... $ 6.84 $ 7.05
Extraordinary loss per share................. (7.27) --
------- -------
Net earnings (loss) per share................ $ (.43) $ 7.05
======= =======
Weighted average shares outstanding.......... 137,826 134,995
======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma financial
statements.
30
<PAGE>
NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
(a) To record proceeds from issuance of $90.0 million of senior subordinated
notes, net of $3.7 million in financing costs from the Offering.
(b) To reflect payment of Term Loan A and Term Loan B and repurchase of
Mezzanine Units issued in connection with the Recapitalization as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Recorded amount of debt:
Current............................................................. $ 2,300
Noncurrent.......................................................... 77,053
Purchase of stock and warrants........................................ 3,147
--------
$ 82,500
========
</TABLE>
(c) To write off debt issuance costs on debt retired with proceeds from the
Offering as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Write-off of debt issuance costs................................. $ 1,827
Less tax benefit................................................. (650)
-------
$ 1,177
=======
</TABLE>
(d) To reverse compensation paid to Selling Group and certain members of
management in excess of amounts to be paid under new employment agreements and
bonus plan.
(e) To reverse interest expense, amortization of discount and financing
costs related to indebtedness retired with proceeds from the Recapitalization
and the debt incurred in connection with the Recapitalization.
(f) To adjust taxes on earnings based on the effective tax rate for the
period.
(g) To record interest expense and amortization of financing costs related
to the issuance of the Notes. The Notes accrue interest at 10.75%. The
financing costs are amortized over a ten year period.
(h) Excludes extraordinary loss on the debt retired from the proceeds from
the Recapitalization and the Offering.
(i) To reverse interest expense, amortization of discount and financing
costs related to indebtedness retired with the proceeds of the Offering.
(j) To reverse extraordinary loss on the debt retired from the proceeds of
the Offering.
31
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following selected consolidated historical financial information for
each of the five years ended April 3, 1993, April 2, 1994, April 1, 1995,
March 30, 1996 and March 29, 1997 has been derived, in part, from the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The selected interim consolidated financial information as of and
for the three month period ended June 28, 1997 and June 29, 1996 has been
derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company.
In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements
include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals,
necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for such
periods. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the full fiscal year. The information presented below should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements
of the Company and related notes thereto, all included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED ENDED
------------------------------------------------- ------------------
APRIL 3, APRIL 2, APRIL 1, MARCH 30, MARCH 29, JUNE 29, JUNE 28,
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1996 1997
-------- -------- -------- --------- --------- -------- --------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA AND RATIOS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
DATA:
Net sales............... $28,765 $29,663 $40,307 $52,207 $ 56,683 $14,747 $15,505
Cost of goods sold...... 20,432 20,458 25,423 32,562 35,729 9,222 9,319
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Gross profit............ 8,333 9,205 14,884 19,645 20,954 5,525 6,186
Selling, general and ad-
ministrative expenses.. 5,259 5,364 6,274 9,107 9,308 2,234 2,129
Non-recurring ex-
pense(/1/)............. -- -- -- -- 10,000 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Earnings from opera-
tions.................. 3,074 3,841 8,610 10,538 1,646 3,291 4,057
Interest and other in-
come................... 314 646 136 279 479 108 100
Interest expense........ (1,985) (1,893) (1,715) (1,924) (2,946) (387) (2,605)
Other expense (/2/)..... -- -- (1,369) -- -- -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before
taxes, change in
accounting principle,
and extraordinary loss. 1,403 2,594 5,662 8,893 (821) 3,012 1,552
Taxes (benefit) on earn-
ings................... 660 1,140 1,810 3,230 (293) 1,174 609
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before
change in accounting
principle and
extraordinary loss..... 743 1,454 3,852 5,663 (528) 1,838 943
Change in accounting
principle (/3/)........ -- 1,782 -- -- -- -- --
Extraordinary loss, net
of tax (/8/)........... -- -- -- -- (1,186) -- (1,002)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Net earnings (loss)..... $ 743 $ 3,236 $ 3,852 $ 5,663 $ (1,714) $ 1,838 $ (59)
======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= =======
Earnings (loss) per
share before change in
accounting principle
and extraordinary loss. $ 1.44 $ 2.83 $ 7.76 $ 11.44 $ (1.46) $ 3.68 $ 6.84
Change in accounting
principle per share.... -- 3.46 -- -- -- -- --
Extraordinary loss per
share.................. -- -- -- -- (3.29) -- (7.27)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Net earnings (loss) per
share.................. $ 1.44 $ 6.29 $ 7.76 $ 11.44 $ (4.75) $ 3.68 $ (.43)
======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= =======
Weighted average shares
outstanding............ 514,280 514,280 496,166 494,968 360,585 499,866 137,826
======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======= =======
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
PERIOD END):
Total assets............ $24,586 $23,819 $27,061 $33,668 $116,141 $36,397 $54,933
Working capital......... 1,142 2,403 5,541 10,387 7,594 12,063 12,726
Long-term debt, less
current maturities..... 11,158 11,848 9,846 9,811 78,916 10,117 91,697
Stockholders' equity
(deficit).............. 2,471 5,707 9,197 14,885 (53,340) 16,722 (57,127)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Capital expenditures.... 224 547 1,155 2,032 3,369 762 694
Depreciation and amorti-
zation................. 940 989 1,138 1,123 1,384 307 377
EBITDA, as adjusted
(/5/).................. 4,014 4,830 9,748 11,661 3,030 3,598 4,434
EBITDA margin, as ad-
justed................. 14.0% 16.3% 24.2% 22.3% 5.3% 24.4% 28.6%
Non-recurring charges
(/4/).................. -- 583 2,100 4,916 14,588 1,200 --
Ratio of EBITDA, as ad-
justed, to interest
expense................ 2.0x 2.6x 5.7x 6.1x 1.0x 9.3x 1.7x
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges (/6/).... 1.7x 2.4x 4.3x 5.6x -- (/7/) 8.8x 1.6x
Cash flows provided by
(used in):
Operating activities... 2,185 100 5,696 5,062 1,810 2,583 1,758
Investing activities... (164) (489) 136 (615) (1,768) (297) (2,894)
Financing activities... (2,908) 97 (2,520) (1,424) 152 (153) 3,075
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
- --------
(/1/) Represents $10.0 million non-recurring expense for environmental
remediation. In connection with the Recapitalization, a $6.0 million
escrow was established primarily to fund the estimated after-tax cost
(estimated tax benefit of $4.0 million) associated with these
environmental matters.
(/2/) Represents loss on sale of real property.
(/3/) Represents gain on cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
(SFAS 109).
(/4/) Non-recurring charges represent certain compensation and environmental
costs which will not recur subsequent to the Recapitalization. The non-
recurring compensation amounts were derived by subtracting the
compensation under contracts entered into in conjunction with the
Recapitalization from the historical compensation expense.
(/5/) EBITDA, as adjusted, represents net earnings before taking into
consideration gain on change in accounting principle, extraordinary
loss, taxes on earnings, interest income, other non-cash expense,
interest expense, depreciation and amortization. This data is relevant
to an understanding of the economics of the Company's business as it
indicates cash flow available from operations (and/or trends in cash
flow available from operations) to service debt and satisfy certain
fixed obligations. EBITDA, as adjusted, should not be construed by the
reader as an alternative to operating income, as an indicator of the
Company's operating performance, or to cash flows from operating
activities (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or as a measure of
liquidity. In addition, EBITDA, as adjusted, measures presented may not
be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.
(/6/) For purposes of this ratio, earnings consist of earnings before income
taxes. Fixed charges consist of interest expense and the portion of
rents representative of an interest factor. The ratio of earnings to
fixed charges is computed by adding earnings before income taxes and
fixed charges and dividing by fixed charges.
(/7/) The Company's earnings were insufficient to cover interest expense and
fixed charges for the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997. The dollar
amount of the deficiency was $821,000.
(/8/) Represents loss on retirement of debt, net of tax benefit.
33
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations,
financial condition and liquidity of the Company should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the "Unaudited
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" and the related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
OVERVIEW
The Company is the largest custom manufacturer of high precision
hermetically sealed electronic connection devices in the United States. High
precision hermetic seals are used primarily to permit the flow of electricity
across a barrier which is used to separate different atmospheric media (such
as gas or liquid to air or vacuum) existing on opposite sides of the barrier.
A hermetic seal is generally accomplished through the creation of a GTMS.
The Company's GTMS products are custom designed for specific applications to
meet prescribed levels of performance in terms of pressure, temperature and
vibration. Hermetically sealed components are found in the electronic
equipment used in automobiles, airplanes, process control devices, military
equipment and vehicles, electronic sensors, medical devices and testing
equipment, petrochemical related equipment, telecommunications equipment and
industrial process and control applications. The Company believes based upon
internal estimates that it is a leading supplier of GTMS products to each of
the industries that it supplies.
The Company estimates that the total market for hermetic seals is $600
million, of which approximately half of the market services high-end custom
applications in which the Company competes. The Company believes based upon
internal analysis that the market for custom manufactured hermetically sealed
products is extremely fragmented, with no other competitor offering the same
breadth of products as the Company.
The Company has been an industry leader in the manufacture of glass-to-metal
seals since it developed its technology in 1945. While a substantial portion
of the Company's growth in the last several years has come from sales to the
automotive industry, the Company has also recognized consistent growth in its
sales of GTMS products to the aerospace, petrochemical and general industrial
markets.
The Company believes that its commitment to provide consistent, high quality
products and customer service, flexible manufacturing and custom designed
products at competitive prices, forms the basis for its strong and diversified
customer relationships. The Company works closely with its customers to
jointly develop and design new products and to improve the performance and
lower the cost of existing products. The Company shares product development
and enters into teaming arrangements with its key customers to further
strengthen and broaden its relationships. The Company believes that this
strategy, together with the successful performance under existing contracts
has led to additional long-term business from key customers and new customers.
The Company's products are sold primarily in North America (95% of fiscal
year 1997 sales) and Europe (5% of fiscal year 1997 sales). Approximately 70%
of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal 1997 are to customers with
which the Company has contractual agreements, sole source relationships,
letters of intent or long-term purchase orders. See "Risk Factors--Dependence
on Key Customers and Contractual Relationships." The Company's sales have
grown at a compound annual growth rate of 15% over the last five years and
expanded at 24% annually from 1994 to 1997.
Approximately 59% of the Company's sales for fiscal 1997 are to non-
automotive industries, principally to the aerospace, petrochemical and general
industrial markets. These sales are made to a broad customer base and
represent a diverse product mix. While many of these customers are large
companies, there are no significant concentrations of customers, products or
programs.
34
<PAGE>
The Company's non-automotive business is usually not governed by long-term
commitments with established prices. The Company believes the trend within its
customer base is toward placing more emphasis on product quality and delivery
and relatively less emphasis on pricing. Price has generally been a less
significant competitive factor than the quality and design of the GTMS because
1) the GTMS cost is typically a small percentage of the total cost of the end
products in which they are used, 2) the importance of the uses to which many
of the Company's products are put and 3) the growing trend among OEMs to seek
long-term partnerships with fewer core suppliers. Historically, as suppliers
have increased their prices for goods and services provided to the Company,
the Company has been able to pass the increase on to customers by an amount
sufficient to prevent any material deterioration in the Company's operating
margins. Over the last five years, though, the Company's costs and pricing
have been relatively stable.
A large part of the Company's sales to the automotive sector are governed by
long-term contracts. These contracts generally have established prices with
decreases in each succeeding year and certain volume discounts. The Company
believes that the scheduled price decreases will be offset by the efficiencies
it expects to achieve from higher production levels and its ability to
continually improve its production processes.
The Company's improvement in gross margin is due to the leveraging of its
fixed production costs over a larger sales base (i.e. improved operating
leverage) and improved production efficiencies due to increased automation and
vertical integration of the Company's production processes.
Selling, general and administrative expenses ("S,G&A") have generally
increased during the periods primarily as a result of increased compensation
costs. Underlying S,G&A expenses (excluding certain compensation costs that
will not recur after the Recapitalization) have remained relatively stable
despite the Company's significant increase in sales due to the increased
percentage of automotive sales (which are not subject to sales commissions)
and to the nominal additional administrative overhead necessary to manage the
Company's operations.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year For the three months ended
---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------
June 29, June 28,
1995 Percent 1996 Percent 1997 Percent 1996 Percent 1997 Percent
------ ------- ------ ------- ------ ------- -------- ------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales............... $ 40.3 100.0% $ 52.2 100.0% $ 56.7 100.0% $14.7 100.0% $15.5 100.0%
Gross profit............ 14.9 37.0% 19.6 37.5% 21.0 37.0% 5.5 37.4% 6.2 40.0%
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses............... 6.3 15.6% 9.1 17.4% 9.3 16.4% 2.2 15.0% 2.1 13.5%
Non-recurring expense... -- -- -- -- 10.0 17.6% -- -- -- --
Earnings from opera-
tions.................. 8.6 21.3% 10.5 20.1% 1.6 2.8% 3.3 22.4% 4.1 26.5%
Other income/expense.... (3.0)(/1/) 7.4% (1.6) 3.1% (2.5) 4.4% (0.3) 2.0% (2.5) 16.1%
Extraordinary loss(/2/). -- -- -- -- (1.2) 2.1% -- -- (1.0) 6.5%
Net earnings (loss)..... $ 3.9 9.7% 5.7 10.9% $ (1.7) 3.0% $ 1.8 12.2% $(0.1) 0.6%
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/)Includes $1.4 million loss on sale of real property.
(/2/)Represents extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net of tax benefit.
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
Net Sales
The Company's sales increased by approximately 8.6% or $4.5 million to $56.7
million for fiscal 1997 from $52.2 million for fiscal 1996.
This increase was attributable to approximately equal dollar volume
increases in the Company's automotive and non-automotive products. On the
automotive side, shipments of airbag initiator products increased
significantly due to increased volumes of existing programs. The increased
initiator shipments were partially offset by scheduled price decreases on the
Special Devices, Inc. ("SDI") initiator program
35
<PAGE>
and the scheduled completion of an electronic sensor program. In non-
automotive products, the Company experienced consistent growth in all of its
aerospace, industrial and petrochemical products.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased by approximately 7.1% or $1.4 million, to $21.0
million for fiscal 1997 from $19.6 million for fiscal 1996. Gross margin
during this period decreased from 37.5% to 37.0%.
The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to the increased
sales volume. The decrease in gross margin was primarily attributable to an
increase in overtime labor costs associated with the relocation and expansion
of Hermetic Seal's machine shop to a new facility during the year.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 2.2%
or $0.2 million to $9.3 million for fiscal 1997 from $9.1 million for fiscal
1996. S,G&A expenses as a percent to sales decreased to 16.4% from 17.4% for
the prior period.
The $0.2 million increase in base S,G&A expenses reflects the higher costs
of supporting the increased sales volume. The improvement in the percentage of
S,G&A expenses to sales reflects the improved leverage on the fixed portion of
the expenses.
Earnings from Operations
Operating earnings decreased by approximately 84.8% or $8.9 million to $1.6
million in fiscal 1997 from $10.5 million for the prior year. Operating
margins for the period decreased from 20.1% in fiscal 1996 to 2.8% for fiscal
1997.
The decrease in operating earnings and margin was attributable to the $10.0
million non-recurring expense recorded in fiscal 1997 related to estimated
environmental remediation (see "Business--Environmental Matters"). The non-
recurring expense was partially offset by the same factors that contributed to
the increase in gross profit and improvements in S,G&A expenses as a percent
to sales. Excluding this non-recurring expense, operating earnings increased
by approximately 10.5% or $1.1 million to $11.6 million in fiscal 1997 from
$10.5 million in fiscal 1996.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net increased by approximately 56.3% or $0.9 million to $2.5
million in fiscal 1997 from $1.6 million for fiscal 1996. This increase was
attributable to the increased interest expense of $1.0 million partially
offset by increased interest income of $0.2 million. The higher interest costs
were due, in part, to additional debt incurred to finance the Recapitalization
and additional debt incurred to finance capital expenditures. The increased
interest income of $0.2 million is the result of higher treasury balances in
1997.
Net Earnings (Loss)
Net earnings decreased by approximately $7.4 million to a $1.7 million loss
for fiscal 1997 from net earnings of $5.7 million for fiscal 1996.
The decrease in net earnings was attributable to the $10.0 million non-
recurring expense, the increased debt service costs and extraordinary loss
incurred in connection with the Recapitalization. Excluding the non-recurring
expense, net earnings decreased by approximately 24.6% or $1.4 million to $4.3
million for fiscal 1997.
36
<PAGE>
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
Net Sales
The Company's sales increased by approximately 29.5%, or $11.9 million to
$52.2 million for fiscal 1996 from $40.3 million for fiscal 1995.
This increase was attributable to approximately equal dollar volume
increases in automotive and non-automotive products. Sales of automotive
products increased by approximately 39% over the prior year. This increase was
primarily due to substantially higher shipments on an electronic sensor
program. Initiator sales increased only slightly in fiscal 1996 net of
scheduled price decreases on the SDI initiator program.
Non-automotive products exhibited consistent growth across all product
categories. In total, sales of non-automotive products increased by
approximately 25% in fiscal 1996 over the prior year. The Company believes
this growth is a combination of market growth and increased market share.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased by approximately 31.5% or $4.7 million, to $19.6
million for fiscal 1996 from $14.9 million for fiscal 1995. Gross margin
during this period increased from 37.0% to 37.5%.
This increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to the increased
sales volume. The increase in gross margin is attributable to improved
operating leverage on the higher sales volume and improving efficiencies due
to increasing vertical integration. Raw material prices and labor costs have
remained stable in both periods. The Company continued to invest in its
machining operations to increase its manufacturing capacity and vertical
integration.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately
44.4% or $2.8 million to $9.1 million for fiscal 1996 from $6.3 million for
fiscal 1995. S,G&A expenses as a percent to sales increased from 15.6% to
17.4%.
This increase was primarily attributable to higher costs associated with
compensation expenditures. Eliminating the compensation costs from the
analysis reflects an increase in base expenses of 6.5% or $0.3 million to $4.9
million (1996) from $4.6 million (1995). As a percentage of sales, the base
expenses declined from 11.4% to 9.4%. The $0.3 million increase in base S,G&A
expenses reflects the higher costs of supporting the increased sales volume.
The improvement in percentage to sales reflects the improved leverage on the
fixed portion of the expenses.
Earnings from Operations
Operating earnings increased by approximately 22.1% or $1.9 million to $10.5
million for fiscal 1996 from $8.6 million for fiscal 1995. Operating margins
for the period decreased from 21.3% for fiscal 1995 to 20.1% for fiscal 1996.
The increase in operating earnings was attributable to the same factors that
contributed to the increase in gross profit and gross margin and improvements
in S,G&A expenses as a percent to sales.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net decreased by approximately 46.7% or $1.4 million to $1.6
million for fiscal 1996 from $3.0 million for fiscal 1995. This decrease was
primarily attributable to the non-recurring loss of $1.4 million incurred in
fiscal 1995 on the sale of real property.
37
<PAGE>
Net Earnings
Net earnings increased by approximately 46.2% or $1.8 million to $5.7
million for fiscal 1996 compared to $3.9 million for fiscal 1995. Net margin
for the period increased to 10.9% from 9.7% in the prior period.
The increase in net earnings and net margin were attributable to the same
factors contributing to the increase in gross profit and gross margin and
improvements in S,G&A expenses as a percent to sales.
THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 29, 1996
Net Sales
The Company's sales increased by approximately 5.4% or $0.8 million to $15.5
million for the three months ended June 28, 1997 compared to sales of $14.7
million for the three months ended June 29, 1996.
This increase was primarily attributable to volume increases on the
Company's automotive products. On the automotive side, shipments of airbag
initiator products increased significantly due to increased volumes on
existing programs. The Company's airbag initiator shipments increased 84% for
the three months ended June 28, 1997 compared to the three months ended June
29, 1996. Revenue from the increased initiator shipments was partially offset
by contractual price decreases on certain initiator programs. The increased
airbag initiator shipments were further suppressed by the scheduled completion
of a crash sensor product produced for TRW. The TRW crash sensor program,
which was completed in August 1996, resulted in an 87% decrease in automotive
sales to TRW in the three months ended June 28, 1997 compared to the three
months ended June 29, 1996. In non-automotive products, the Company
experienced moderate growth in its aerospace, industrial and petrochemical
products.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased by approximately 12.7% or $0.7 million, to $6.2
million for the three months ended June 28, 1997 compared to $5.5 for the
three months ended June 29, 1996. Gross margin increased to 40.0% for the
three months ended June 28, 1997 from 37.4% for the three months ended June
29, 1996.
The increase in gross profit was directly attributable to the increased
sales volume. The increase in gross margin is primarily attributable to an
improved sales mix between product lines coupled with efficiencies gained
through operating leverage on the higher sales volume. The gross margins were
also benefited by shipments of airbag initiators from inventory (that had been
built in the fourth quarter of 1997). This circumstance is not expected to
recur in subsequent quarters of fiscal 1998.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately 4.5%
or $0.1 million to $2.1 million for the three months ended June 28, 1997
compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended June 29, 1996. S, G & A
expenses as a percent to sales decreased to 13.5% in the three months ended
June 28, 1997 from 15.0% for the three months ended June 29, 1996.
The $0.1 million decrease in base S, G & A expenses reflects the elimination
of certain non-recurring compensation costs in the three months ended June 28,
1997. The reduced compensation costs were partially offset by higher costs of
supporting the increased sales volume. The improvement in the percentage of S,
G & A expenses to sales reflects the overall lower S, G & A expenses coupled
with the improved leverage on the fixed portion of those expenses.
38
<PAGE>
Earnings from Operations
Operating earnings increased approximately 24.2% or $0.8 million to $4.1
million for the three months ended June 28, 1997 compared to $3.3 million for
the three months ended June 29, 1996. Operating margins for the period
increased to 26.5% in the three months ended June 28, 1997 from 22.4% for the
three months ended June 29, 1996.
The increase in operating earnings and margin was attributable to the same
factors that contributed to the increase in gross profit and gross margin and
improvements in S, G & A expenses as a percent to sales.
Other Expense, net
Other expense, net increased $2.2 million to $2.5 million in the three
months ended June 28, 1997 from $0.3 million for the three months ended June
29, 1996. This increase was attributable to the increased interest expense
associated with the $82.5 million of indebtedness incurred in connection with
the Recapitalization, followed by the $90 million in senior subordinated note
indebtedness incurred in connection with the Offering. The Company has $92.9
million of indebtedness as of June 28, 1997 compared to $11.5 million at June
29, 1996.
Net Earnings (Loss)
Net earnings decreased by approximately $1.9 million to a $0.1 million loss
for the three months ended June 28, 1997 to $1.8 in earnings for the three
months ended June 29, 1996.
The decrease in net earnings was primarily attributable to the increase in
interest expense as discussed above as well as the $1.0 million extraordinary
loss on the retirement of debt.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash Flows
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.8 million for fiscal 1997
compared to $5.1 million for fiscal 1996. The decrease of $3.3 million was
primarily attributable to a decrease in earnings from operations of $0.2
million and net cash used in working capital of $3.1 million. The net cash
used for working capital was primarily a result of an increase in other assets
partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable.
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.8 million for fiscal 1997
compared to $0.6 million for fiscal 1996. The $1.2 million increase was
primarily attributable to an increase in fixed asset additions.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million for fiscal 1997
compared to $1.4 million used in fiscal 1996. The increase of $1.6 million was
primarily attributable to net cash proceeds received from the Recapitalization
which included the repurchase of stock, sale of stock and issuance of long-
term debt by the Company.
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
Net cash provided by operating activities was $5.1 million for fiscal 1996
compared to $5.7 million for 1995. This decrease of $0.6 million was primarily
attributable to an increase in earnings from operations of $0.8 million offset
by net cash used in working capital of $1.4 million. The net cash used for
working capital was primarily for increases in accounts receivable and
inventories needed to support the increased sales volume.
39
<PAGE>
Net cash used in investing activities was $0.6 million for fiscal 1996
compared to a nominal amount provided in 1995. This increase of $0.7 million
was primarily attributable to cash proceeds received from the sale of real
property in 1995.
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.4 million for fiscal 1996
compared to $2.5 million for 1995. This decrease of $1.1 million was primarily
attributable to a decrease in principal payments on long-term debt.
THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 29, 1996
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.8 million for the three
months ended June 28, 1997 compared to $2.6 million for the three months ended
June 29, 1996. The decrease of $0.8 million was primarily attributable to a
decrease in earnings from operations attributable to increased interest
expense.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2.9 million for the three months
ended June 28, 1997 compared to $0.3 million for the three months ended June
29, 1996. The $2.6 million increase was primarily attributable to the $2.2
million business acquisition on June 20, 1997 and $0.3 increase in fixed asset
additions.
Liquidity
Subsequent to the Offering, the Company's liquidity needs should arise from
working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt service. As of
June 28, 1997, the Company's outstanding indebtedness is $92.9 million,
consisting of $90.0 million principal amount of the senior subordinated notes
and $2.9 million of other borrowings. The Company amended the Revolving Credit
Facility subsequent to the Offering to augment its liquidity requirements by
increasing the size of the facility to $20.0 million. Borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility may be used for general and other corporate
purposes. To date, the Company has not used any amounts under the Revolving
Credit Facility.
The Company, Windward and the members of the Windward Group have been
engaged in discussions regarding the payment of a transaction fee to members
of the Windward Group in connection with the Recapitalization. At present, no
agreement has been reached as to whether or not any such transaction fee will
be paid. The Company believes that the fee will not exceed $1.3 million or be
paid prior to August 31, 1997. Presently, the Company has adequate cash on
hand to fund such transaction fee, if paid.
Debt Service
Subsequent to the Offering, the Company has $90.0 million in senior
subordinated note indebtedness. Interest expense will have a greater
proportionate impact on net income in subsequent periods in comparison with
the periods before the Recapitalization. The Company is not subject to any
amortization requirements under the Notes prior to maturity.
Future Financing and Cash Flows
The Company believes that cash flow from operations and the availability of
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will provide adequate funds for
ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures and debt service during the
term of such facility. To the extent certain performance thresholds with
respect to the Contingent Notes and Contingent Bonuses are met, and such
obligations become vested, the Company believes that cash flow from operations
and the availability of borrowings will be sufficient to fund such
obligations.
Capital Expenditures
The Company's historical capital expenditures have substantially resulted
from investments in equipment to augment the Company's manufacturing capacity
and implement its strategy of vertical
40
<PAGE>
integration. The Company's capital expenditures were $1.2 million, $2.0
million and $3.4 million for fiscal 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Capital
expenditures in the first quarter of 1997 were $0.7 million.
The Company's expenses for plant and equipment maintenance are approximately
$0.6 million annually. These maintenance costs are not treated as capital
expenditures.
Capital expenditures for fiscal 1998 are expected to relate principally to
continuing investments in equipment to expand manufacturing capacity in
machining, glass production, sealing and plating, as well as automation
equipment to lower production costs on the high volume production lines.
Expected capital expenditures for fiscal 1998 are approximately $3.5 million
and will be financed through working capital and the Revolving Credit
Facility.
Recent Acquisition
On June 20, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and
assumed certain liabilities of a glass-to-metal sealing company. The purchase
price included $2.1 million in cash and a contingent payment of $400,000 based
upon the volume of business retained in the immediately subsequent 18 month
period. In its last fiscal year of operations, the acquired company generated
sales of approximately $3.2 million.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income". The standard establishes guidelines for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in financial
statements. Disclosure of comprehensive income and its components will be
required beginning with the Company's fiscal year ending 1999.
Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information". The standard requires that
companies disclose "operating segments" based on the way management
disaggregates the company for making internal operating decisions. The new
rules will be effective for the Company's 1999 fiscal year end. The Company
has not evaluated the impact, if any, of the new standard.
41
<PAGE>
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
Exchange Offer), the Company will accept for exchange Old Notes which are
properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on , 1997; provided, however, that if the Company,
in its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which the Exchange
Offer is open, the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to
which the Exchange Offer is extended.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $90.0 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes are outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is first being sent on or about , 1997, to all holders of
Old Notes known to the Company. The Company's obligation to accept Old Notes
for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions
as set forth below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer."
The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time,
to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and
thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving oral or
written notice of such extension to the holders thereof as described below.
During any such extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain
subject to the Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company.
Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned
without expense to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable
after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
Old Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer must be in denominations of
principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange
Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not therefore accepted for
exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the events specified below under "--
Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The Company will give oral or
written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to
the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable, such notice in the
case of any extension to be issued by means of a press release or other public
announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business
day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth
below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding
agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to
tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit a
properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all
other documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, as Exchange Agent, at the address set forth below under "--
Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, either (i)
certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along
with the Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is
available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company
(the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery
procedures described below. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF
TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED
MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF
TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
42
<PAGE>
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case
may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes who
has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution (as defined below) in the event that signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are
required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is a member
of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust
company having an office or correspondent in the United States (collectively,
"Eligible Institutions"). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person
other than a signer of the Letter of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered
for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the
Company in its sole discretion, duly exercised by, the registered Holder with
the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders
of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any
particular Old Notes which acceptance might, in the judgment of the Issuer or
its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to
waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to
any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including
the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions
of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after
the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions
thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes
for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the
Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other
person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or
irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall
any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the
registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly
as the name or names of the registered holder or holders that appear on the
Old Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers or corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by
the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to
so act must be submitted.
By tendering, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other
things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New
Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, and that neither the holder
nor such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the New Notes. In the case of a holder that
is not a broker-dealer, each such holder, by tendering, will also represent to
the Company that such holder is not engaged in, or intends to engage in, a
distribution of the New Notes. If any holder or any such other person is an
"affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company,
or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such New
Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder or any such
other person (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff
of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
Each broker-dealer
43
<PAGE>
that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where
such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-
marking activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See
"Plan of Distribution." The Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all Old Notes
properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly after acceptance of
the Old Notes. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." For purposes
of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted properly
tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given oral or
written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent, with written confirmation of any
oral notice to be given promptly thereafter.
For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. If the Exchange Offer is not consummated by November 3, 1997, the
rate per annum at which the Old Notes will bear interest will be 11 1/4% per
annum (increasing at .5% per annum at the end of each 90-day period following
November 3, 1997, but in no event will the interest rate exceed 12 3/4%) from
and including such date until but excluding the date of consummation of the
Exchange Offer payable in cash semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November
15 commencing November 15, 1997. The New Notes will bear interest from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no
interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from May 6, 1997. Accordingly, if the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the
Exchange Offer, registered holders of New Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. If, however, the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of
the Exchange Offer registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. Old Notes accepted
for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of
consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are
accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on
such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date
for which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer.
In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely Book-
Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are
not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount at
maturity than the holder desired to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged
Old Notes will be returned without expenses to the tendering holder thereof
(or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the
Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the
book-entry procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be
credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange
Offer.
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with
44
<PAGE>
such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for transfer. However, although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-
Entry Transfer Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with
any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in
any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at one of the
addresses set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the
Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be
complied with.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
If a registered holder of the Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes and
the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is
made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed
and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth
the name and address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes
tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that
within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of
execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all
physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the
Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old
Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case
may be, and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are
received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date of
execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration
Date.
For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be
received by the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below under
"--Exchange Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the
person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, identify the Old Notes
to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Notes), and (where
certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the name in which
such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing
holder. If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise
identified to the Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such
certificates the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the
particular certificates to be withdrawn and signed notice of withdrawal with
signatures guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless such holder is an
Eligible Institution. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the
procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal
must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with
the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and
eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by
the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties.
Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered
for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been
tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be
returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of
Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account
maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon
as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the
Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following
one of the procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering Old Notes"
above at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.
45
<PAGE>
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall
not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for,
any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer, if at any time
before the acceptance of such Old Notes for exchange or the exchange of the
New Notes for such Old Notes, any of the following events shall occur:
(a) there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or
proceeding before, or any injunction, order of decree shall have been
issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental
regulatory or administrative agency or commission, (i) seeking to restrain
or prohibit the making or consummation of the (Exchange Offer or any other
transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any
damages as a result thereof, or (ii) resulting in a material delay in the
ability of the Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of
the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; or any statute, rule,
regulation, order or injunction shall be sought, proposed, introduced,
enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the Exchange Offer or any of
the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer by any government or
governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or any action shall have been
taken, proposed or threatened, by any government, governmental authority,
agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in the sole judgment of the
Company might directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences
referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above or, in the sole judgment of the
Company, might result in the holders of New Notes having obligations with
respect to resales and transfers of New Notes which are greater than those
described in the interpretation of the SEC referred to on the cover page of
this Prospectus, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the
Exchange Offer; or
(b) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of or general
limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national
securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (ii) any limitation
by any governmental agency or authority which may adversely affect the
ability of the Company to complete the transactions contemplated by the
Exchange Offer, (iii) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any
suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any
limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects
the extension of credit or (iv) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities
or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving
the United States, or, in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the
time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material acceleration or
worsening thereof; or
(c) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) shall
have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets,
liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole that, in the
sole judgment of the Company, is or may be adverse to the Company, or the
Company shall have become aware of facts that, in the sole judgment of the
Company, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of
the Old Notes or the New Notes;
which in the sole judgment of the Company in any case, and regardless of the
circumstances (including any action by the Issuer) giving rise to any event
described above, makes it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer
and/or with such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange.
The foregoing conditions are for sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any
such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time
and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at
any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver
of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which
may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes
tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes,
if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part or
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the
"TIA").
46
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AGENT
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company has been appointed as the Exchange Agent
for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed
to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions~ and
requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or
of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery
should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows:
Delivery To: IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, Exchange Agent
By Overnight Courier or Hand:
By Registered or Certified Mail:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company One State Street
P.O. Box 84 New York, New York 10004
Bowling Green Station
New York, New York 100274-0084 Attention: Securities Processing
Window Subcellar One (SC-1)
Attention: Reorganization
Operations Department
By Facsimile:
(212) 858-2611
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 858-2103
DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
FEES AND EXPENSES
The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer.
The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be
$ .
TRANSFER TAXES
Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay
any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct
the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes
not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person
other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment
of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES
Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions
in the Indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Old Notes and the
restrictions on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon
as a consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from,
or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
47
<PAGE>
The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes
under the Securities Act. See "Description of the Notes--Registration Rights."
Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of such New Notes. However, the Company does not intend to
request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not considered, the Exchange
Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that
the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the
Exchange Offer as in such other circumstances. Each holder, other than a
broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement or
understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. If any holder is
an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any
arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes
to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely
on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply
with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that
receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes, where such
Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of
Distribution." In addition, to comply with the state securities laws, the New
Notes may not be offered or sold in any state unless they have been registered
or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or
qualification is available and is complied with. The Offer and sale of the New
Notes to "qualified institutional buyers" (as such term is defined under Rule
144A of the Securities Act) is generally exempt from registration or
qualification under the state securities laws the Company currently does not
intend to register or qualify the sale of the New Notes in any state where an
exemption from registration or qualification is required and not available.
48
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Company is the largest custom manufacturer of high precision
hermetically sealed electronic connection devices in the United States. High
precision hermetic seals are used primarily to permit the flow of electricity
across a barrier used to separate different atmospheric media (such as gas or
liquid to air or vacuum) existing on opposite sides of the barrier. The
hermetic seals manufactured by the Company generally fall into four
categories--terminals, headers, connectors and microelectronic packages. A
"terminal" is a device characterized by having only a single contact pin,
while a "header" has multiple contact pins inserted in a frame. A "connector"
is a type of terminal or header which can be mechanically coupled to or
uncoupled from another connection. A "microelectronic package" is a container
for thick and thin film substrates onto which hybrid circuitry has been
etched. The Company operates in the premium segment of the market by providing
high precision glass-to-metal seals, custom designed to meet specific customer
requirements. Each GTMS generally consists of a metal body or housing, metal
contact pins, and an insulator fabricated from glass, ceramic or glass/ceramic
mixtures. GTMS range in size from a two foot long, eight inch diameter
cylindrical connector utilized for through-hull communication links for
nuclear submarines, to a 40/1000 inch outside diameter (12/1000 inch inside
diameter) implant to measure pressure in the heart chamber.
The Company believes that it has been an industry leader in the design and
manufacture of GTMS since it developed its GTMS process in 1945. The Company
has developed over 75,000 different configurations, primarily for the
following industries: (1) automotive (for use in, for example, the initiators
in airbags and seat belt pretensioners); (2) aerospace and military
electronics (for use in, for example, gyro guidance devices, flight
instrumentation, jet engine controls, and space suit controls); (3) test and
measurement (for use in, for example, temperature and pressure transducers,
infrared detection instrumentation, electro-optical devices and fuel injection
monitoring devices); (4) medical electronics (for use in, for example,
pacemakers, kidney dialysis machines and devices for monitoring vital life
signs); (5) telecommunications (for use in, for example, coaxial cables); and
(6) energy (for use in, for example, oil drilling equipment and down-hole
logging instrumentation and for conventional and nuclear electric power
generating plants).
Approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal 1997 were
to customers with which the Company had contractual agreements, sole source
relationships, letters of intent or long-term purchase orders. A substantial
portion of these business relationships are informal and certain of the
Company's contractual arrangements may be terminated at will by the customer.
See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Key Customers and Contractual Relationships."
The Company's sales have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 15% over
the last five years.
While a substantial portion of the Company's growth over the last several
years has come from sales to the automotive industry, particularly
hermetically sealed connectors for use in airbag initiators, the Company has
also recognized consistent growth in its sales of GTMS products to the
aerospace, petrochemical and general industrial markets. EBIT and EBITDA
margins have averaged 15% and 18%, respectively, over the last three years.
The Company believes this has been the result of its commitment to customer
service, development of close working relationships with many of its customers
and the value-added nature of its products.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The Company believes that it has the following competitive strengths:
Long-Term Customer Relationships. Many of the Company's customers, including
SDI, TRW, Allied Signal, Halliburton and Schlumberger, have been customers for
over ten years. The Company believes that
49
<PAGE>
both automotive and aerospace OEMs continue to seek long-term partnerships
with fewer core suppliers. The Company's relationships are strengthened by the
fact that many of its arrangements with its customers provide for the Company
to act as the sole source of supply for the customer. The Company estimates
that approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal year
1997 were from contractual agreements, sole source relationships, letters of
intent or long-term purchase orders.
Market Leadership. A number of the Company's products hold leading market
positions in their respective niche markets. The Company currently believes
based upon internal estimates that it produces hermetically sealed products
for approximately 50% of the airbag initiators produced in the U.S. The
Company believes, based upon long-term relationships with ICI and SDI, that it
is well positioned to continue to increase its market share, as well as expand
its sales internationally.
Commitment to Quality and Service. The Company believes that its commitment
to provide consistent, high quality products and services and flexible
manufacturing and custom designed products at competitive prices, forms the
basis for its strong and diversified customer relationships. The Company
manufactures most of its parts to specific customer requirements. The Company
utilizes Statistical Process Control, Design Failure Mode Effects Analysis,
Process Failure Mode Analysis, and a strict adherence to complete
manufacturing documentation in order to manufacture high quality products for
internal use as well as external customer sales. The Company believes that its
knowledge and use of these procedures give the Company a competitive
advantage. Sealtron became registered to ISO 9001 in September 1996. Hermetic
and Glasseal expect to be registered to ISO 9001 within twelve months and to
be registered to QS 9000 (the automotive standard) within 24 months.
Proprietary Technology. The Company operates in the automotive, aerospace
and general industrial technologies markets in which products typically
require sophisticated engineering and production techniques. The Company
designs and manufactures new products to fulfill customer needs, and has
developed proprietary manufacturing technology since its founding in 1945. The
Company believes that this proprietary technology helps enable it to attract
and retain customers who require customized, high tolerance products. The
Company estimates that it has produced over 75,000 different variations of
GTMS.
Low Cost Operations. The Company believes that its extensive "in-house"
capabilities and vertical integration are competitive advantages that have
allowed it to become a low cost producer. By controlling the tolerance of the
component parts, the Company has been able to reduce scrap and to increase the
yields of its products. Furthermore, the Company is continually developing and
assessing its programs designed to increase efficiency and enhance economies
of scale in order to further reduce costs.
Diverse Products and Customers. The Company has a diverse customer base,
with sales of numerous product variations to approximately 1,200 customers in
fiscal 1997. Sales to SDI, the Company's largest customer, accounted for
approximately 27% of the Company's consolidated sales for the fiscal year
ended March 29, 1997. Over the past several years, the Company has recognized
consistent growth in sales of GTMS products to the automotive, aerospace and
general industrial markets.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to expand its business through:
Focusing on Core Strengths. The Company continues to focus on what it
believes are its core strengths and to invest in those businesses that are
consistent with those strengths and which exhibit high growth potential. Core
strengths include the timely custom design and manufacturing of high
tolerance, high reliability components and the effective program management of
long term contracts and supply agreements.
Leveraging Customer Relationships. The Company works closely with its
customers to jointly develop and design new products and to improve the
performance and lower the cost of the Company's
50
<PAGE>
customers' products. The Company has sole source supply contracts, shares
product development, and enters into other teaming arrangements with its key
customers to further strengthen and broaden its relationships. The Company
believes that this strategy, together with the successful performance under
existing contracts has led to additional long-term business from key existing
customers and new customers.
Pursuing Selective Acquisitions. The Company intends to pursue selective
acquisitions and to add products and capabilities that are complementary to
its existing operations. Priority is expected to be given to acquiring
businesses whose products can be manufactured in the Company's existing
facilities ("fold-in" acquisitions). The Company's operations are
characterized by a relatively high level of operating leverage; therefore,
such fold-in acquisitions should allow the Company to allocate costs across
broader synergistic product lines and represent additional volume through the
Company's existing facilities which should provide opportunities to improve
profitability.
Expanding Internationally. The Company is considering the expansion of its
operations in Europe. The primary motivation in a geographic expansion would
most likely be to service the growth of its current customers' operations as
they expand their production operations abroad.
INDUSTRIES
The Company estimates the total size of the GTMS market to be $600 million,
with approximately one-half estimated to be the specialized, high precision
segments in which the Company competes. The Company believes based upon
internal analysis that the market for high-end hermetically sealed products is
extremely fragmented, with no other competitor offering the same breadth of
products as the Company. The Company believes that its focus on the high-end,
custom segment of the GTMS market enables it to achieve higher margins.
The Company sells its products to four principal industries: (i) the
automotive parts industry for use in airbag initiators, automotive crash
sensors, climate control devices and anti-lock braking systems; (ii) the
aerospace industry for use primarily in commercial and military aviation and
electronics; (iii) general industry for use primarily in process control, and
other industrial, medical and telecommunications applications; and (iv) the
petrochemical industry, for use primarily in oil and gas downhole analysis
equipment. See "Risk Factors--Industry Risks."
Automotive
The Company provides GTMS products used in initiators for airbag devices. At
present, each airbag device requires at least one initiator (the device that
deploys the airbag). The automotive airbag industry has undergone dynamic
growth over the recent past stemming from increased consumer demand for
automotive safety devices and federal regulations requiring such devices.
Currently, regulations adopted by the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration require that airbags be the automatic frontal crash protection
system used for both the driver and front passenger in at least 95% of
passenger automobiles manufactured from September 1, 1996 to August 31, 1997
for sale in the U.S., and in 100% of passenger automobiles manufactured
thereafter. For light trucks and vans, the regulations require that airbags be
the automatic frontal crash protection system used for at least the driver in
no less than 80% of light trucks and vans manufactured from September 1, 1997
to August 31, 1998 for sale in the U.S., and for both the driver and front
passenger in 100% of light trucks and vans manufactured thereafter.
From model years 1993 to 1995, worldwide airbag production grew from 15.0
million to 40.0 million units, according to EIU. Further, according to EIU
worldwide airbag demand is expected to increase to 104 million units by 2005,
a CAGR of 10% from 1995 to 2005. Growth in airbag installations is expected to
continue beyond the turn of the century due to the full penetration of driver-
side and passenger-side front-seat airbags and increased penetration of side
impact and other types of airbags and increased rate of foreign installations.
In addition to driver and passenger airbags, many auto makers are moving
toward a full protection system which would also include side impact airbags
and seat belt pretensioners. These systems also require initiators. According
to EIU, the domestic use of side airbags is projected to increase from zero
units in 1995 to approximately 21 million units in 2005.
51
<PAGE>
Although not mandated by law, initiator-based safety systems are also
employed in automobiles produced and sold in Europe and Asia, although fewer
than in the U.S. The systems utilized in Europe and Asia include airbag
systems similar to those in use in the U.S. and seat-belt pretensioners that
employ initiators. While the majority of airbag initiators manufactured for
use in cars outside the U.S. employ plastic initiators, there is a trend
toward using GTMS in such products due to their increased reliability.
Commercial and Military Aviation and Electronics
The Company provides hermetic seals that are used for a number of different
applications in commercial and military aviation and electronics, primarily to
protect guidance and sensor devices from the effects of changes in atmospheric
conditions. The Company believes based upon internal estimates that GTMS
products are utilized in almost every model of commercial aircraft currently
in production and its customers include essentially all major aerospace
suppliers. The Company's sales to the aerospace industry are dependent to a
certain extent on new construction of commercial and military aircraft. The
Company competes with a number of different suppliers in this market, based on
quality, delivery and price.
According to The Boeing Company ("Boeing"), worldwide air travel is expected
to grow 75% for the period 1996 to 2006, and at a CAGR of 5.5% over the period
1996 to 2016. Boeing also estimates total investment in new airplanes over
this period at $1.1 trillion and expects the world fleet to grow from 11,500
airplanes in 1996 to 23,000 airplanes in 2016.
General and Industrial
The Company provides GTMS used in pressure and temperature transducers
(sensors), industrial process control equipment, capacitor end-seals for
electronic devices and other industrial, medical and telecommunications
applications to a number of manufacturers such as Ametek Inc. ("Ametek"),
Druck Holdings P.L.C. ("Druck"), The Foxboro Company ("Foxboro"), Kemet
Corporation ("Kemet") and Sprague Technologies, Inc. ("Sprague"). The Company
believes that its ability to help customers develop products to meet demanding
specifications allow for significant opportunities within this market segment,
including those customers not currently served by the Company's products. The
Company also believes that the increased sophistication of equipment and
increased level of automation being used in industrial applications will
increase demand for GTMS products.
Petrochemical
The Company provides GTMS used for down-hole logging equipment in the oil
and gas industry primarily under long-term contracts to oil field equipment
and service companies such as Schlumberger and Halliburton. The Company's
sales to this industry during any period are somewhat dependent on the current
level of exploration and drilling in the oil and gas industry and current
demand for and price of crude oil. The Company believes that it is one of only
two significant providers of GTMS to this industry. The Company expects that
the trend toward more sophisticated measurement-while-drilling equipment in
the petrochemical industry is likely to lead to more demand for the Company's
products.
CUSTOMERS AND APPLICATIONS
In the past year, the Company has sold products to over 1,200 customers.
Approximately 80% of the Company's consolidated sales are represented by the
Company's top 88 customers. The Company's largest customer, SDI (a maker of
airbag initiators), represented approximately 27% of consolidated sales for
the fiscal year ended March 29, 1997. The Company's ten largest customers
accounted for
52
<PAGE>
approximately 47% of net sales for fiscal year 1997.
Approximately 70% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal year 1997
were to customers with which the Company had contractual agreements, sole
source relationships, letters of intent or long-term purchase orders. The
Company only begins to manufacture products upon receipt of a purchase order.
Approximately 41% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal year 1997 are
to automotive parts suppliers, primarily makers of airbag initiators such as
SDI and ICI. The Company's relationship with SDI includes a five-year contract
through the year 1999 to produce at least 75% of SDI's GTMS for its initiators
provided the Company maintains pricing and quality which are generally
equivalent to or better than other suppliers. The Company believes that it
currently provides nearly all of SDI's GTMS components. SDI has recently
announced its intention to internally produce 100,000 glass-to-metal seal
units per week in partial substitution of the glass-to-metal seal units
supplied to SDI by the Company. In addition, SDI is seeking to renegotiate the
terms of its contract with the Company, including with respect to price and
the minimum percentage of glass-to-metal seal units SDI must buy from the
Company. Pursuant to many of its long-term contracts the Company has the
ability to renegotiate its prices if the Company experiences material cost
increases for raw materials. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Key Customers
and Contractual Relationships."
The following table sets forth the Company's principal end-user markets,
certain applications for its products and certain of the Company's customers
in fiscal year 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
End Markets Automotive Aerospace Industrial/Petrochemical
- ----------- ---------- --------- ------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Applications: Airbag Jet Engine Process Control Sensors
Initiators Monitors Down Hole Drilling Sensors
Crash Sensors Avionics Lithium Batteries
Thermistors Fuel Gauge Telecommunication
Airbag Pressure Indicators Switching Devices
Switches Temperature Hybrid Circuit Packaging
ABS Sensors
Variable Speed De-icing Sensors
Transmission Air Speed
Controls Indicators
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customers: SDI Allied Signal ABB*
ICI Rosemount Baker-Hughes*
TRW Aerospace Schlumberger
Honeywell* Halliburton
Hughes* Western Atlas*
Litton* Kemet
Eaton* Sprague
Sawtek*
Omni Rel*
Power Conversion, Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Specific example of Airbag initiator Temperature Sensors High pressure electrical
product application: bulkheads for down-hole
use (oil exploration)
What the product does: Electric current Passes electric Carries electrical signals
flows from crash current from between geological
sensor through sensors that detect formation measurement
initiator to begin excessive heat tools and sensors
inflation of the and/or fire in
airbag. aircraft
Result: Airbag is inflated Warning signal and Allows precise measurement
in approximately 6 automatic release of geology while
to 14 milliseconds of fire retardant protecting sensitive
equipment from extreme
heat and pressure
</TABLE>
- --------
*Represents less than 1% of the Company's consolidated sales for fiscal year
1997.
53
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
A GTMS is made by assembling three sets of component parts (metal contacts
or pins, glass bead(s) and an outer metal housing or shell) on a graphite
fixture. This assembly is put through a controlled atmosphere furnace at
approximately 1,800 degrees Fahrenheit until the glass becomes molten. The
graphite fixture is used to hold the components in place while the glass is
molten. As the assembly cools, a physical and chemical bond is formed between
the glass and the shell as well as the glass and the pin, thus forming a
hermetic seal.
[DRAWING OF GLASS-TO-METAL HERMETIC SEAL]
The Company believes that its extensive "in-house" capabilities are a key
competitive advantage that has allowed it to become a low cost producer. By
specifically controlling the tolerance of the component parts, the Company
believes that it is able to increase the end yields of its product. This
attention to quality throughout the manufacturing process also helps to ensure
the timely delivery of its products. It also enables the Company to respond
very quickly to prototype and new product development opportunities.
The Company manufactures most of its parts to specific customer
requirements. All three of the Company's operating subsidiaries use Computer
Aided Design ("CAD") to produce the drawings and specifications required by
the customer. The Company estimates that it has produced over 75,000 different
variations of GTMS since 1945. This extensive library of designs enables the
Company to suggest design changes to its customers that reduce manufacturing
costs without sacrificing quality and therefore reduce the cost to the
customer (value engineering). The Company has a staff of 30 engineers who work
with sales people to provide solutions to customers' problems.
The Company has made a significant investment in Computer Numerically
Controlled ("CNC") machine tools in order to manufacture the metal shells and
pins to demanding customer specifications. The Company also machines most of
its own graphite fixtures thereby allowing it to maintain process quality.
Many of the glass preforms used in the Company's products are manufactured
internally as well. The Company is preparing to embark on a program to
significantly expand its glass manufacturing capability.
54
<PAGE>
This may also allow the Company to sell glass to outside customers as an
additional source of revenues. The Company has many proprietary formulas for
glass and glass/ceramic mixtures that it has developed in over 50 years of
manufacturing.
The Company utilizes Statistical Process Control ("SPC"), Design Failure
Mode Effects Analysis, Process Failure Mode Effects Analysis and a strict
adherence to complete manufacturing documentation in order to manufacture high
quality products for internal use as well as external customer sales. The
Company believes that its knowledge and use of these procedures give the
Company a competitive advantage. Sealtron became registered to ISO 9001 in
September 1996. Hermetic and Glasseal expect to be registered to ISO 9001
within twelve months and to be registered to QS 9000 (the automotive standard)
within 24 months. The ISO 9001 registration, an international standard of
quality, should facilitate business expansion in Europe.
MARKETING AND SALES
The Company's products are marketed throughout the United States to
customers in a wide variety of industries, both by Company-employed
salespersons, who work out of the Company's plants, and by a number of
independent regional manufacturers' sale representatives. The 14 Company-
employed salespersons receive a base salary plus bonus potential. Sales in
Europe are through a two person office in Northhampton, England. As part of
the Company's growth strategy, the Company believes that it can capture an
increasing share of the business outside the United States. Economic,
political, governmental and regulatory conditions in such international
markets could adversely affect the Company's ability to successfully enter or
operate in such markets. Therefore, no assurances can be given that the
Company's attempts to expand its business into such international markets will
be successful. The Company currently has 18 independent regional
manufacturers-sales representatives spread geographically across the U.S. and
Europe. These representatives, who do not exclusively sell the Company's
products, are remunerated on a commission basis. The Company believes there is
a significant opportunity to increase its sales through expansion of its sales
and distribution efforts, both within the markets it currently serves and in
new markets.
COMPETITION
The Company believes based upon internal analysis that most of the Company's
competitors in the GTMS sector of the industry in which it competes are
smaller and have less technological and manufacturing expertise than the
Company. The Company believes that it occupies a favorable competitive
position because of its experience in engineering and production techniques.
Price has generally been a less significant competitive factor than the
quality and design of the GTMS because their cost typically is a small
percentage of the total cost of the end products in which they are used and
because of the importance of the uses to which many of the Company's products
are put. In addition, products for airbag initiators are qualified for
particular new automotive models and new products are subject to design and
process verification testing (prior to which there are no sales) which
typically takes 8 to 24 months and therefore helps to inhibit new entry into
the market. The Company is currently qualified to supply all of SDI's
initiators and is qualified to supply or is in process verification testing on
all of ICI's initiators.
BACKLOG
As of June 28, 1997, the Company had a backlog of $29.6 million. As of March
29, 1997, the Company had a backlog of $28.8 million as compared to $24.3
million as of March 30, 1996. The Company has historically maintained a strong
backlog of orders. The Company sells a majority of its products pursuant to
contractual agreements, sole source relationships, letters of intent or long-
term purchase orders, each of which may permit early termination by the
customer. However, due to the specialized, highly engineered nature of the
Company's product, it is not practical in many cases for customers to shift
their business to other suppliers without incurring significant switching and
opportunity costs.
55
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
At June 28, 1997, the Company had approximately 720 employees, substantially
all of whom were located in the United States. None of the Company's employees
is subject to a union contract. The hourly workers employed by Sealtron had
been subject to a collective-bargaining agreement between the Company and the
United Paperworkers International Union, Local No. 7350, a union affiliated
with the AFL-CIO. On February 28, 1997, the union was decertified. The Company
has not had a strike in over 30 years and considers its relations with its
employees to be satisfactory.
RAW MATERIALS
The Company obtains raw materials, component parts and supplies from a
variety of sources and generally from more than one supplier. The Company's
principal raw materials are steel and glass. The Company's suppliers and
sources of raw materials are based in the United States and the Company
believes that its sources are adequate for its needs for the foreseeable
future. The loss of any one supplier would not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company's operations are subject to numerous Environmental Laws,
including those regulating air emissions and discharges to water, and the
storage, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. The Company
believes that it is in substantial compliance with such laws and regulations.
Because Environmental Laws are becoming increasingly more stringent, the
Company's environmental capital expenditures and costs for environmental
compliance may increase in the future.
Under certain Environmental Laws, in particular CERCLA, a current or
previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of
removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such
property. Generally, liability under CERCLA is joint and several and
remediation can extend to properties owned by third parties. Persons who
arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances or
otherwise cause the release of such substances into the environment may also
be liable under such laws for the costs of removal or remediation of such
substances at a disposal or treatment facility or other location where the
substances have migrated or come to be located, whether or not such facility
or location is or ever was operated by such person and regardless of whether
the method of disposal or treatment was legal at the time. Such laws often
impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was
responsible for the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances, and the
liability under such laws has been interpreted to be strict, joint and several
unless the harm is divisible and there is a reasonable basis for the
allocation of responsibility. In addition, the presence of hazardous or toxic
substances, or the failure to remedy such property properly may adversely
affect the market value of the property, as well as the owner's ability to
sell or lease the property. The Company has potential liability under
Environmental Laws for the remediation of contamination at two of its
facilities. See "Risk Factors--Potential Exposure to Environmental
Liabilities."
Rosemead, California
Past releases of solvents or other hazardous substances at the Company's
facility in Rosemead, California may have caused contamination of on-site soil
and contributed to on-site and regional groundwater contamination.
Regional Groundwater Contamination. A portion of the San Gabriel Valley in
which the Rosemead facility is located was designated by the EPA as a federal
Superfund site in 1984. To facilitate cleanup and improve administration of
the site, the EPA subdivided the valley into seven geographically distinct
"operable units." The Company has been named as a potentially responsible
party ("PRP") under CERCLA for the El Monte Operable Unit. The El Monte
Operable Unit underlies the City of El Monte and portions of the Cities of
Temple City and Rosemead and has boundaries which are defined roughly by the
56
<PAGE>
extent of known solvent contamination in the shallow groundwater. To the
extent the Rosemead facility contributed to the regional contamination, such
contribution is in connection with alleged spills of the degreasing solvent
tetracholoroethylene (PCE) during the period from the 1950's until sometime in
the mid-1980's when the Company stopped using this solvent.
Many other companies are believed to be contributors to the groundwater
contamination in the El Monte Operable Unit. The Company and 14 other such
companies have formed the Northwest El Monte Community Task Force (the "Task
Force") to undertake the investigation of the remediation, to identify other
potential contributors and potentially to undertake required remediation. In
March of 1995, the Task Force entered into a Consent Administrative Order with
the EPA to perform a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study (RI/FS) of
the operable unit. The RI/FS which began in October of 1995 was originally
scheduled for 90 weeks. It presently appears that the RI/FS will not be
complete before October 1997. The RI/FS costs of approximately $1.9 million to
date have been funded with about one-quarter of the costs coming from
governmental entities and the balance paid pursuant to a confidential interim
allocation agreement of Task Force members. The interim agreement with respect
to the allocation of RI/FS expenses is not binding on any of the participants
regarding the allocation of remediation expenses.
On-site Soil and Groundwater Cleanup Costs. In addition to the Operable Unit
Remediation costs, the Company has voluntarily undertaken both on-site soil
and groundwater remediation. In 1995, pursuant to a contract with Fero
Engineering, the Company installed a soil vapor extraction system which has,
to date, reduced contamination in the soil. The system has been functioning
for more than twelve months and although it is not possible to determine how
long it will take to complete the remediation, the Company and Fero
Engineering believe that the system may need to be in place for an additional
two to three years at an operating and maintenance cost of $20,000/year.
Recently, the Company completed a groundwater extraction system in
conjunction with its neighbor, Crown City Plating Company. This system
extracts contaminated water from below the facility and pumps the water for
use in Crown City's manufacturing process prior to discharge to the municipal
sanitary sewer. The system has been operational since August 1996 and is
designed to capture contaminant flow from under the facility containing and
cleaning the groundwater before it impacts the regional groundwater flow.
Although the system has been successful, it is premature to determine how long
operation of it will be needed to remediate the groundwater to acceptable
levels, or if the operation of the system will be discontinued and replaced
with a regional groundwater remediation program. The Company estimates the
ongoing operating and maintenance costs for this system to be $30,000/year.
The Company believes that its financial liability with respect to regional
groundwater contamination may be substantially reduced by acting on its own
initiative to commence early remediation of groundwater contamination on its
property.
Avon, Massachusetts
The Company's facility in Avon, Massachusetts, currently inactive, was
purchased in 1985 and operated as its Hermetite facility until August of 1989
at which time all equipment was removed. Subsequent to its closure, the
Company identified significant levels of solvents trichloroethylene ("TCE")
and 1,1,1, trichloroethane ("TCA") in the groundwater. Subsurface
investigations have delineated a plume of contaminants extending from the
facility, beneath the neighboring Den Lea property and into a town public
water supply wellfield about 800 feet to the southeast of the property. Since
the discovery of contaminants in 1991, the level of contaminants at the
facility has decreased. Despite the fact that contaminants continue to move
toward the wellfield, the levels at the well field remain within acceptable
drinking water standards.
The Avon property is subject to Massachusetts "Chapter 21E," the state's
hazardous site cleanup program. The site was initially classified in the
program's "Tier 1A" category, the highest tier based on the
57
<PAGE>
proximity to the town wellfield. The property has since been reclassified to a
less stringent "Tier 1B" category based on the level of contaminants. Under
Tier 1B procedures, the Company may design its own remediation program subject
to state oversight, auditing, and scheduling.
Pursuant to this procedure, the Company, through GZA GeoEnvironmental, Inc.,
its licensed consultants, designed a pump and treat remediation system which
is intended to capture the contaminants before they reach the town wells. In
July 1996, the program was approved by the Massachusetts Department of
Environmental Protection and the Company entered into an agreement with
Environmental Reclamation, Inc. to construct the remediation system. The
system has been designed so that its capacity can be expanded to clean the
site in less time if desired by increasing the number of extraction wells. The
initial cost of the system and the first year of operation and maintenance is
$116,000. Construction of the system has been completed and the system has
recently become operational. If no additional extraction wells are used, the
Company estimates that cleanup could take 20 years at $20,000 per year. Once
the system is in place, the Company will determine whether it is cost
beneficial to accelerate the cleanup of the site.
The Company may have to satisfy the claims asserted by its neighbor Den Lea
Corporation which owns an adjacent piece of property. In 1992, Den Lea sued
the Company for $400,000 in property damage caused by the migrating
contamination. In 1993, the suit was withdrawn "without prejudice" based on
the Company's assurance that it would remediate the site. The Company has also
agreed in early 1996 with Den Lea that it can market its property together
with the Company's parcel as a package. However, Den Lea could refile the
lawsuit at any time if its efforts to sell its property in the future are
unsuccessful.
Remediation
It is not presently possible to determine definitively the ultimate cost to
the Company for regional groundwater remediation in Rosemead. Such a
definitive determination cannot be made until (i) the completion of the RI/FS,
and the subsequent selection and approval by regulatory authorities of a
remediation strategy and program, if any, which may not be complete for
twenty-four to thirty-six months and (ii) an agreement among Task Force
members is reached regarding the Company's allocable share of remediation
liability. Based on the analysis of environmental engineering consultants, the
Company believes its present value cost exposure at the Avon site to be
somewhere between $500,000 and approximately $2,500,000, with the upper end
estimate based upon the necessity of operating an expanded treatment system
for twenty years and including the costs of resolving third party claims.
Based upon the analysis of such environmental engineering consultants, the
Company has established a $10 million reserve, prior to accounting for taxes,
in respect of all such environmental matters.
Pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement, the Selling Group has agreed to
indemnify the Company with respect to the after-tax costs of contingent
environmental and other liabilities, subject to a cap for all indemnified
liabilities of $30 million. Pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement, the
Deferred Amount has been escrowed to secure indemnity claims of the Company
and others, including with respect to environmental liabilities. Although
there can be no assurances, the Company believes that the Deferred Amount
should be adequate to cover the costs of the remediation. In the event the
Deferred Amount is inadequate to cover the costs of remediation, the Company
has been informed by the individual members of the Selling Group that they
will draw upon personal funds to cover such excess costs. If the Selling Group
has aggregate indemnification liabilities in respect of environmental matters
in excess of $30 million, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling
Group for such claims to the extent such claims exceed $30 million. See "Risk
Factors--Potential Exposure to Environmental Liabilities."
In addition, the Company has insurance that may cover at least a portion of
its costs. Presently, 75% of the Company's legal costs are being reimbursed by
some of the Company's insurance carriers under a reservation of rights by the
Company and the insurance company for the balance of the legal costs.
58
<PAGE>
FACILITIES
The Company's principal executive offices are owned by the Company and are
located in the Hermetic Seal facility located in Rosemead, California.
Additionally, the Company has operating facilities in El Monte, California;
Lakewood, New Jersey; and Reading, Ohio, as set forth below. The Company also
owns approximately 47,400 square feet of plant and office space in Avon,
Massachusetts, which is currently vacant.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Location Owned/Leased Square Feet
-------- ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Rosemead, CA..................................... Owned 37,000
El Monte, CA..................................... Leased 38,000
Lakewood, NJ..................................... Owned 50,000
Reading, OH...................................... Owned 37,000
</TABLE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are various claims and legal proceedings against the Company relating
to its operations in the normal course of business, none of which the Company
believes is material. The Company generally obtains indemnification agreements
from its customers and currently maintains insurance coverage for product
liability claims. There can be no assurance that indemnification from its
customers and coverage under insurance policies will be adequate to cover any
future product liability claims against the Company. In addition, liability
insurance coverage is expensive, difficult to maintain and may be unobtainable
in the future on acceptable terms. With respect to certain environmental
claims against the Company, see "--Environmental Matters."
59
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and executive officers of the Company. Each director is elected for a one (1)
year term or until such person's successor is duly elected and qualified.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Position
- ---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Andrew Goldfarb .................. 49 Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of HCC
Christopher H. Bateman............ 45 Director, Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of HCC
Richard Ferraid................... 41 Director of HCC and President of Glasseal
Robert H. Barton III.............. 63 Director of HCC
Gary L. Swenson................... 59 Director of HCC
Noel E. Urben..................... 59 Director of HCC
Thomas J. Sikorski................ 35 Director of HCC
John M. Leonis.................... 63 Director of HCC
</TABLE>
Mr. Goldfarb joined the Company in 1976 and has served in various capacities
and currently serves as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of
HCC. Mr. Goldfarb has been a director of the Company since 1979.
Mr. Bateman joined the Company in 1986 from Touche Ross & Co. and has served
in various capacities and currently serves as a Vice President and the Chief
Financial Officer of HCC. Mr. Bateman has been a director of the Company since
1989.
Mr. Ferraid joined the Company in 1992 and has served in various capacities
and currently serves as the President of Glasseal. Mr. Ferraid became a
director of the Company in February 1997 following the consummation of the
Recapitalization. Mr. Ferraid previously worked at Electrical Industries, a
competitor of the Company. Mr. Ferraid has 18 years of experience in the GTMS
industry.
Mr. Barton was elected a director of HCC in February 1997 following the
consummation of the Recapitalization. Mr. Barton was elected Chairman and CEO
of American Bumper Mfg. in April 1997. Mr. Barton was Chief Executive Officer
of Alcoa Fujikura Ltd. from May 1984 to December 1996. He currently serves on
the Board of Directors of and as senior advisor to Alcoa Fujikura Ltd., serves
as Chairman of the Board of Directors of French Holdings, Inc. and serves on
the Board of Directors of J.L. French Corporation.
Mr. Swenson was elected a director of HCC in February 1997 following the
consummation of the Recapitalization. Mr. Swenson has been President and
Senior Managing Director of Windward Capital Partners, L.P. since its founding
in 1994, and was a Managing Director at CS First Boston Corporation from 1974
to 1994. Mr. Swenson currently serves on the Board of Directors of J.L. French
Corporation and Furr's Supermarkets, Inc. Mr. Swenson is Mr. Sikorski's
father-in-law.
Mr. Urben was elected a director of HCC in February 1997 following the
consummation of the Recapitalization. Mr. Urben has been a Senior Managing
Director at Windward Capital Partners, L.P. since 1995, and prior to that he
was the President and a director of BT Capital Corporation. Mr. Urben
currently serves on the Board of Directors of Strouds, Inc., Tycom Corporation
and J.L. French Corporation.
Mr. Sikorski was elected a director of HCC in February 1997 following the
consummation of the Recapitalization. Mr. Sikorski has been a Managing
Director of Windward Capital Partners, L.P. since its founding in 1994. Prior
to joining Windward Capital Partners, L.P., Mr. Sikorski was Director of
Private Equity Investments at MetLife from 1992 to 1994 and prior to that was
a Vice President in the Leveraged Buyout Group at the First Boston Corporation
from 1986 to 1992. Mr. Sikorski currently serves on the Board of Directors of
Furr's Supermarkets, Inc. and Coating Technologies International. Mr. Sikorski
is Mr. Swenson's son-in-law.
60
<PAGE>
Mr. Leonis was elected a director of HCC in July 1997. Mr. Leonis is
currently chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of
Litton Industries, Inc. Mr. Leonis has worked at Litton Industries, Inc. in
various capacities for 36 years. Mr. Leonis currently serves as a member of
the Board of Directors of the Los Angeles World Affairs Council and Town Hall,
and a member of the Board of Governors of the Aerospace Industries
Association.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the total value of compensation received by
the Chief Executive Officer and the two most highly compensated executive
officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer, who served as executive
officers of the Company as of March 29, 1997 (collectively with the Chief
Executive Officer, the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in
all capacities to the Company for the year ended March 29, 1997.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(/1/)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION
------------------- ------------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS OPTIONS (#) COMPENSATION(/2/)
- --------------------------- ---- -------- ---------- ------------ -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Andrew Goldfarb......... 1997 $462,467 $ -- -- $25,319
Chairman of the Board 1996 $485,362 $2,545,000 -- $15,362
of Directors, Chief Ex- 1995 $468,028 $ 825,000 -- $95,801
ecutive Officer and
President of HCC
Christopher Bateman..... 1997 $200,575 $ -- 3,195 $20,108
Chief Financial Officer 1996 $200,000 $ 642,500 -- $17,020
and Vice President 1995 $193,009 $ 207,500 -- $58,548
of HCC
Richard Ferraid......... 1997 $200,000 $ 75,000 3,590 $13,608
President of Glasseal 1996 $148,438 $ 250,000 -- $13,464
1995 $ 96,563 $ 100,000 -- $13,420
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/) None of the executive officers has received perquisites the value of which
exceeded the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the salary and bonus of such
executive officer.
(/2/) For 1997, all other compensation included the following amounts: Mr.
Goldfarb, $6,000 of Company contributions into the Company's 401(k) plan,
$1,677 for automobile allowance and $17,642 for allocated life insurance;
Mr. Bateman, $6,000 for Company contributions into the Company's 401(k)
plan, $12,088 for automobile allowance and $2,020 for allocated life
insurance; Mr. Ferraid, $6,000 for Company contributions into the
Company's 401(k) plan, $7,200 for automobile allowance and $408 for
allocated life insurance.
61
<PAGE>
GRANTS OF STOCK OPTIONS
The following table sets forth information concerning the award of stock
options to the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended March 29,
1997 pursuant to the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan ("Option Plan").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF GRANT
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL OPTIONS DATE
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO PRESENT
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN EXERCISE PRICE EXPIRATION VALUE
NAME GRANTED (#) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE ($)
- ---- ----------- ------------------ -------------- ----------------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Christopher Bateman..... 1,220(/1/) 7.2 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 120,780(/3/)
1,185(/4/) 7.0 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 117,315(/3/)
790(/5/) 4.6 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 78,210(/3/)
Richard Ferraid......... 1,220(/1/) 7.2 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 120,780(/3/)
1,185(/4/) 7.0 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 117,315(/3/)
1,185(/5/) 7.0 370.49(/2/) February 13, 2007 117,315(/3/)
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/) These options are subject to a vesting schedule that generally provides
for each option to vest 20% per year over five years commencing on the
first anniversary of the date of grant if the Company attains specified
annual or cumulative earnings targets set forth in the Option Plan. All
options automatically vest on the seventh anniversary of the date of
grant regardless of whether the performance criteria are achieved.
(/2/) All options have an exercise price equal to the fair value of common stock
at the date of grant ($370.49 per share).
(/3/) The grant date value of each option granted was estimated to be $99 using
the minimum value method with the following assumptions (i) risk-free
interest rate of 6.25%, (ii) expected option life of five years, (iii)
forfeiture rate of 0 and (iv) no expected dividends.
(/4/) These options are subject to a vesting schedule based on a change in
control in which the Windward Group realizes a 30% compounded annual rate
of return on its equity investment in the Company, as defined in the
Option Plan. All options will automatically vest on the seventh
anniversary of the date of grant regardless of whether the performance
criteria are achieved.
(/5/) Theseoptions are subject to a vesting schedule based on a change in
control in which the Windward Group realizes a 40% compounded annual rate
of return on its equity investment in the Company, as defined in the
Option Plan. All options will automatically vest on the seventh
anniversary of the date of grant regardless of whether the performance
criteria are achieved.
The following table sets forth information concerning the fiscal year-end
value of unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers. The Named
Executive Officers did not exercise any options during the fiscal year ended
March 29, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FY-END OPTION VALUE
--------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS AT FY-END (#) OPTIONS AT FY-END ($)
EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ---- ---------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Christopher Bateman................ 0/3,195 0/0(/1/)
Richard Ferraid.................... 0/3,590 0/0(/1/)
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/) As of March 29, 1997, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock
did not exceed the exercise price per share of the options held by the
Named Executive Officers.
62
<PAGE>
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information concerning awards during the
fiscal year ended March 29, 1997 to each of the Named Executive Officers under
the Company's Contingent Bonus Plan ("Bonus Plan").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
------------------------------------------------------
ESTIMATED FUTURE
PAYOUTS UNDER
NON-STOCK-
PRICE-BASED PLANS
-----------------
PERFORMANCE OR
NUMBER OF SHARES, OTHER PERIOD
UNITS OR OTHER UNTIL MATURATION TARGET
NAME RIGHTS (#)(/1/) OR PAYOUT ($)
- ---- ----------------- ------------------ -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Christopher Bateman...... 6.25 June 30, 1999 $375,000
6.25 September 30, 2000 $375,000
Richard Ferraid.......... 7.5 June 30, 1999 $450,000
7.5 September 30, 2000 $450,000
</TABLE>
- --------
(/1/) Each Bonus Unit represents an interest in the bonus pool of $6.0 million.
Half of the contingent bonuses vest upon the Company obtaining $22.0
million of Operating EBITDA (as defined in the Bonus Plan) on a latest
twelve month basis within 15 months beginning on the first day of the
Company's 1998 fiscal year and the remaining half vest upon the Company
obtaining $28.0 million of Operating EBITDA on a latest twelve month basis
within 30 months beginning on the first day of the Company's 1998 fiscal
year. In addition, if the Company completes an initial public offering (an
"IPO") or sale resulting in a Change in Control (as defined in the Bonus
Plan) (a "Sale Event") within 30 months of March 31, 1997 any unvested
contingent bonuses will vest in their entirety and become redeemable at
par if (a) the equity market capitalization of the Company is greater than
$175 million for 20 consecutive trading days subsequent to the IPO (but
prior to 30 months from March 31, 1997) or if the equity valuation in the
sale (after certain specified adjustments) is greater than $175 million.
Vested contingent bonuses become due and payable on the third anniversary
of the applicable vesting date and will bear interest at 10% per annum
(payable semi-annually in arrears) from each applicable vesting date until
paid in full. Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, all of an employee's Bonus Units
terminate immediately when such employee ceases to be employed by the
Company, unless such employment ceases due to such employee's death or
disability, in which case such employee will be vested in a portion of
such employee's Bonus Units.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
In February, 1997, Andrew Goldfarb, Christopher Bateman and Richard Ferraid
each entered into an employment agreement with HCC (the "Employment
Agreements"). Pursuant to the Employment Agreements, such executives will be
employed by HCC until April 1, 1999 (April 2000 in the case of Mr. Goldfarb)
provided that HCC may terminate such executive by reason of disability, death
or for good cause (as defined in the Employment Agreements). Upon termination
by the Company for reasons other than death, disability or good cause, the
Executive will be entitled to receive salary, bonus and benefits for the
remainder of the term. Following the date of any termination (other than by
death) HCC has sole discretion to retain such executive as an exclusive
consultant for a term of two (three in the case of Mr. Goldfarb) years (the
"Consulting Period") in exchange for a consulting fee equal to 50% of base
salary. The agreement provides for a base salary to be determined in
accordance with HCC's policies and an annual bonus contingent on certain
performance-based criteria. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, such
executive, during the term of the Employment Agreement and the Consulting
Period may not solicit customers of the Company, engage in business with any
competing entity or induce any other employee of the Company to leave his or
her employment with the Company.
63
<PAGE>
OPTION PLAN
In connection with the Recapitalization, HCC adopted the Option Plan which
provides for the grant to employees from time to time of non-qualified stock
options to purchase up to an aggregate of 22,887 shares of Common Stock at
exercise prices to be determined by the Board of Directors. The Option Plan
provides for the grant of management options to purchase 6,393 shares of
Common Stock (the "Management Options"), management performance options to
purchase 14,206 shares of Common Stock (the "Management Performance Options"),
director options to non-affiliates of Windward to purchase 710 shares of
Common Stock (the "Director Options"), and director performance options to
non-affiliates of Windward to purchase 1,578 shares of Common Stock (the
"Director Performance Options"). The Management Options and Director Options
were granted subject to an EBITDA (as defined in the Option Plan) vesting
schedule that provides for 20% of each series of options to vest in each of
fiscal year 1998 through fiscal year 2002 if the Company attains a specified
target for each such year ($21.8 million EBITDA in fiscal 1998, $28.5 million
EBITDA in fiscal 1999, $32.6 million EBITDA in fiscal 2000, $35.3 million
EBITDA in fiscal 2001 and $37.6 million EBITDA in fiscal 2002). The Options
will also vest if certain cumulative EBITDA targets are achieved after certain
multiple year periods or, so long as the Windward Group realizes specified
rates of return on its aggregate equity investment, upon a Change of Control
(as defined in the Option Plan). In addition, regardless of whether the
performance criteria are achieved, all Options including, the performance-
based Options, will vest automatically on the seventh anniversary of the date
of grant.
The Management Performance Options and Director Performance Options were
granted subject to a vesting schedule providing for 50% of each series of
options to vest upon a Change of Control in which the Windward Group realizes
a 30% compounded annual rate of return on its aggregate equity investment in
the Company and the remaining 50% of each series of options vesting upon a
Change of Control in which the Windward Group realizes a 40% compounded annual
rate of return on its aggregate equity investment in the Company. As of March
29, 1997, 18,160 options have been granted under the Option Plan which entitle
the holders to purchase upon vesting 18,160 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $370.49 per share. An additional 4,727 options may be
granted under the Option Plan.
CONTINGENT BONUS PLAN
In connection with the Recapitalization, HCC adopted the Bonus Plan,
pursuant to which the Company will grant Bonus Units (each representing an
interest in the bonus pool of $6 million) to certain key employees (the
"Participants"). The Bonus Units will be awarded by a committee of the Board
of Directors of HCC formed to administer the Bonus Plan. Half of the
contingent bonuses vest upon the Company obtaining $22 million of Operating
EBITDA (as defined in the Bonus Plan) on a latest twelve month basis within 15
months beginning on the first day of the Company's 1998 fiscal year and the
remaining half vest upon the Company obtaining $28 million of Operating EBITDA
on a latest twelve month basis within 30 months beginning on the first day of
the Company's 1998 fiscal year. In addition, if the Company completes an IPO
or a Sale Event within 30 months of March 31, 1997 any unvested contingent
bonuses will vest in their entirety and become redeemable at par if (a) the
equity market capitalization of the Company is greater than $175 million for
20 consecutive trading days subsequent to the IPO (but prior to 30 months from
March 31, 1997) or if the equity valuation in the sale (after certain
specified adjustments) is greater than $175 million. Vested contingent bonuses
become due and payable on the third anniversary of the applicable vesting date
and will bear interest at 10% per annum (payable semi-annually in arrears)
from each applicable vesting date until paid in full.
Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, all of an employee's Bonus Units terminate
immediately when such employee ceases to be employed by the Company, unless
such employment ceases due to such employee's death or disability, in which
case such employee will be vested in a portion of such employee's Bonus Units.
64
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Each of Messrs. Barton and Leonis receive an annual fee of $20,000. In
addition, in 1997 Messrs. Barton and Leonis received 695 and 470 stock options
respectively, of which 215 and 150, respectively, are subject to a vesting
schedule that generally provides for each option to vest 20% per year over
five years commencing on the first anniversary of the date of grant if the
Company attains specified annual or cumulative earnings targets set forth in
the Option Plan and the remaining options vest upon a change in control in
which the Windward Group realized specified annual rates of return on its
equity investment in the Company as defined in the Option Plan. All options
automatically vest on the seventh anniversary of the date of grant regardless
of whether the performance criteria are achieved. All options have an exercise
price equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant
($370.49 per share).
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
In fiscal 1997, the Company had no compensation committee and compensation
matters were handled exclusively by Mr. Goldfarb, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors of HCC.
65
<PAGE>
SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table lists all shares of HCC's Common Stock as of June 15,
1997, beneficially owned by each director of HCC, each executive officer of
HCC and each person known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of
such outstanding shares of Common Stock at such date. The table also reflects
the percentage of the shares owned beneficially by all executive officers and
directors of HCC as a group. Share numbers and percentages in the table are
rounded to the nearest whole share and assume redemption of the equity portion
of the Mezzanine Units. As of June 15, 1997 there were 134,955 shares of
Common Stock of HCC outstanding.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of
Name and Address Shares of
of Beneficial Owners Common Stock* Percent of Class
- -------------------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C.(a)(b)................. 53,836 39.9%
Windward/Merban, L.P.(a)(b)..................... 10,767 8.0%
Windward/Merchant, L.P.(a)(b)................... 21,535 16.0%
Windward Capital Associates, L.P.(a)(b)(c)...... 87,721 65.0%
Windward Capital Associates, Inc.(b)(c)......... 87,721 65.0%
Gary Swenson(b)(d)(e)........................... 87,721 65.0%
Thomas J. Sikorski(b)(e)........................ -- **
Noel E. Urben(b)(e)............................. -- **
Robert Barton................................... -- **
John M. Leonis.................................. -- **
Andrew Goldfarb(f)(h)........................... 30,453 22.6%
Christopher Bateman(f)(g)....................... 9,173 6.8%
Richard Ferraid(f)(g)........................... 3,558 2.6%
All directors and executive officers of the Com-
pany as a group
(7 persons)(g)(i).............................. 43,184 32.0%
</TABLE>
- --------
* HCC's common equity is divided into four separate classes of Common stock,
par value $.10 per share: (i) Class A Common Stock with one vote per share,
(ii) Class B Common Stock with one vote per share, (iii) Class C Common
Stock with no voting rights, except as required by applicable state law and
(iv) Class D Common Stock with 10 votes per share. Except for voting
rights, all the common equity of the Company have identical economic terms.
Other than Windward/Merban, L.P. and Windward/Merchant, L.P., all other
stockholders of HCC own Class A Common Stock. See note (a) below.
** Less than 1.0%.
(a) Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C. owns 53,836 shares of Class A Common Stock,
Windward/Merban L.P. owns 6,451 shares of Class B Common Stock and 4,316
shares of Class C Common Stock, Windward/Merchant, L.P. owns 21,055 shares
of Class B Common Stock and 480 shares of Class D Common Stock and
Windward Capital Associates, L.P. owns 1,583 shares of Class A Common
Stock. The Windward Group due to their common control may be deemed to
beneficially own each others shares, but each disclaims such beneficial
ownership. The Windward Group consists of Windward, Windward/Merchant,
L.P., the partners of which are Windward and an affiliate of Credit Suisse
First Boston Corporation, Windward/Merban, L.P., the partners of which are
Windward and an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and
Windward/Park HCC, LLC, the members of which are Windward and MetLife.
Pursuant to a set of program agreements, the Windward Group, along with
certain other entities, invests in merchant banking investments organized
and managed by Windward and its affiliates. The program agreements govern
the relationship among the Windward Group and provide for, among other
things, procedures for investments, allocations of income and
66
<PAGE>
loss, distributions of funds, transfers of interests between and among the
partners or members or third parties, provisions relating to the activities
of the general partner or manager, including in respect of fees, powers and
limitations and removal by the other partners or members, and procedures
for the limited partners or non-managing members to exercise voting and
management control of the investments. Windward and the other members of
the Windward Group have reached agreement concerning an early termination
of the period during which they may make future investments under their
program agreements. Windward and the other members have informed the
Company that such termination will not have any effect on their investment
in, or the management or control of, the Company.
(b) The business address for such person(s) is c/o Windward Capital Partners,
L.P., 11 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10010.
(c) Windward Capital Associates, L.P. may be deemed to share beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock owned of record by the Windward Group, by
virtue of its status as the general partner of Windward/Merchant, L.P.,
Windward Merban, L.P. and the Managing Member of Windward/Park HCC,
L.L.C., but disclaims such beneficial ownership. Windward Capital
Associates, Inc. may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of
Common Stock owned of record by the Windward Group by virtue of its status
as the general partner of Windward Capital Associates, L.P., but disclaims
such beneficial ownership.
(d) Mr. Swenson may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of
Common Stock owned of record by the Windward Group, by virtue of his
status as the sole stockholder of Windward Capital Associates, Inc., the
general partner of Windward Capital Associates, L.P. Mr. Swenson disclaims
such beneficial ownership. Windward Capital Associates, L.P. is the
general partner of Windward/Merchant, L.P., Windward Merban, L.P. and the
Managing Member of Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C.
(e) Messrs. Swenson, Sikorski and Urben may be deemed to share beneficial
ownership of shares of Common Stock owned by the Windward Group by virtue
of their status as limited partners of Windward Capital Associates, L.P.,
but disclaim such beneficial ownership.
(f) The business address of such person(s) is c/o HCC Industries Inc., 4232
Temple City Blvd., P.O. Box 739, Rosemead, CA 91770-1592.
(g) Excludes outstanding options to purchase the shares of Common Stock which
are not exercisable within sixty days. See "Management--Grants of Stock
Options"
(h) Includes 27,753 shares of Common Stock owned by the Andrew and Denise
Goldfarb Revocable Trust of 1995. Also includes 1,350 shares of Common
Stock owned by The Jessica Anne Goldfarb Irrevocable Trust and 1,350
shares of Common Stock owned by The Rebecca Goldfarb Irrevocable Trust of
which Mr. Goldfarb's brother is the trustee. Mr. Goldfarb disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares of Common Stock owned by such trusts.
(i) Excludes shares of Common Stock referred to in notes (d) and (e) above.
67
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of certain agreements and arrangements, as well
as other transactions between the Company and related parties which have taken
place during the Company's most recently completed three fiscal years. See
"The Recapitalization."
INVESTOR RELATIONSHIPS
The Windward Group, after giving effect to the redemption of the Mezzanine
Units, beneficially owns 65% of the common equity of HCC as described under
"Securities Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management". In
connection with the Recapitalization, HCC, under the terms of a Financial
Advisory Services Agreement dated as of February 14, 1997, agreed to pay
Windward Capital Partners, L.P., an affiliate of Windward (the "Management
Company") an annual management fee of $125,000 and to reimburse it for
expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with the provision of such
services each year for a term of three years commencing on February 14, 1997,
and thereafter for successive one-year periods until the board of directors of
HCC gives written notice to end such one-year terms. In addition, HCC has
agreed to indemnify the Management Company to the fullest extent permitted by
law against certain claims, losses, damages, liabilities and expenses which
may arise in connection with the rendering of such services. HCC has also
reimbursed the Management Company for its out-of-pocket, legal and consulting
expenses of $685,000 in connection with its services rendered in the
Recapitalization. The Company, Windward and the members of the Windward Group
have been engaged in discussions regarding the payment of a transaction fee to
members of the Windward Group in connection with the Recapitalization. At
present, no agreement has been reached as to whether or not any such
transaction fee will be paid. The Company believes that the fee will not
exceed $1.3 million or be paid prior to August 31, 1997. Any such payments
shall be made only in compliance with the applicable provisions of the
Indenture. See "The Recapitalization" and "Description of the Notes." Credit
Suisse Group, the ultimate parent of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation,
holds significant economic interests in Windward/Merban, L.P. and
Windward/Merchant, L.P. which own in the aggregate 32,302 shares of Common
Stock of HCC, and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation acted as one of the
Initial Purchasers in, and received compensation in connection with the
Offering. In addition, Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C., Windward/Merban, L.P. and
Windward/Merchant, L.P. owned 91%, 7% and 2%, respectively, of the Mezzanine
Units which were repurchased by HCC from the proceeds of the Offering. See
"The Recapitalization" and "Use of Proceeds."
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
The Stockholders Agreement dated as of February 14, 1997 by and among the
Windward Group, HCC, and the stockholders listed on the signature pages
thereto (the "Management Stockholders") (the "Stockholders Agreement")
provides, among other things, that HCC's Board of Directors will consist of
nine (9) members, including three (3) members designated by the Management
Stockholders, three (3) outside directors (non-employees of Windward)
designated by Windward and two (2) members designated by Windward (the
"Windward Nominees") and one (1) director (and one non-voting observer)
designated by MetLife (holder of the majority of the percentage interests in
Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C.) (the "Windward/Park Nominee"). The Management
Stockholders may recommend two (2) of the three (3) outside directors for
consideration by Windward. Further, all board action requires the affirmative
vote of a majority of the Windward Nominees. Directors may be removed only for
cause, defined as the commission of a fraudulent act or an act of embezzlement
against the Company or any conviction or guilty plea for a felony except a
director may be removed (with or without cause) by the party who designated
such director.
The Stockholders Agreement provides for certain limitations on transfers of
Common Stock by stockholders, as well as rights of first refusal to purchase
stock from another stockholder of HCC and for
68
<PAGE>
certain preemptive rights. Further, the Stockholders Agreement provides for
tag-along rights whereby any stockholder has certain rights to include a
portion of his shares for sale in connection with a sale by another selling
stockholder. The Windward Group has, under the terms of the Stockholders
Agreement and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, (i) the right
to cause a sale of the Company, (ii) the right to cause the Company to effect
an initial public offering and (iii) certain demand and piggyback registration
rights in favor of Windward and the Management Stockholders. The Stockholders
Agreement also contains certain rights and obligations of HCC to purchase
stock held by members of management upon termination of employment at
specified prices. The Stockholders Agreement terminates upon the earlier of
(i) February 14, 2007, (ii) an initial public offering event (in which case
certain provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, including those dealing with
registration rights, shall survive until one of the other events causing
termination occurs), (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's
assets or equity interests to a third party, (iv) approval of the Windward
Group and a majority of the stock held by the Management Stockholders, or (v)
subject to certain circumstances, when the Windward Group ceases to own at
least 5% of the total outstanding number of shares of Common Stock.
OTHER
In connection with the Recapitalization, Richard Ferraid, a director of HCC
and President of Glasseal, paid in full the $150,000 owed to the Company
pursuant to a Promissory Note, bearing interest of 7% per annum, dated
September 30, 1995. Such promissory note was made in connection with a
purchase of stock from the Company.
In June 1996, HCC exercised an option with a former stockholder to acquire
all of such stockholder's shares of common stock in HCC Merger Corp. See
Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Steven Goldfarb, Andrew Goldfarb's brother and a director of HCC until his
resignation in connection with the Recapitalization in February 1997, served
as counsel to the Company. In fiscal year 1996, the Company paid Steven
Goldfarb $329,000 for legal services.
69
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
THE CREDIT FACILITIES
In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company entered into a Credit
Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997 (the "Old Credit Agreement"), with
Fleet Capital Corporation as agent (the "Agent") and the Lenders party thereto
which provided for, among other things, a $10.0 million five-year revolving
credit facility. In connection with the Offering, the Company, the Agent and
the Lenders entered into an amendment, dated as of May 6, 1997, to increase
the amount available under the revolving credit facility to $20.0 million (the
Old Credit Agreement, as so amended and in effect on the date hereof, the
"Amended Credit Agreement"). The following summary describes all material
provisions of the Amended Credit Agreement. The following summary does not
purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to the form of the Amended Credit Agreement.
General. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a letter of credit
subfacility in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million. Additionally, up to $2.0
million of the Revolving Credit Facility may be borrowed from Fleet Capital
Corporation in its individual capacity as swingline loans ("Swingline Loans").
Interest Rates; Fees. Loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility
(other than the Swingline Loans) may be maintained from time to time, at the
Company's option, as (i) Base Rate Loans which bear interest at the Base Rate
(defined in the Amended Credit Agreement as the higher of (x) 1/2 of 1% in
excess of the Federal Reserve reported rate on overnight transactions and (y)
the Agent's announced prime lending rate, each as in effect from time to time)
or (ii) Eurodollar Loans which bear interest at LIBOR (adjusted for maximum
reserves) as determined by the Agent for the applicable interest period plus
1.50%. LIBOR is fixed for interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, at the
option of the Company. Swingline Loans must be maintained as Base Rate Loans
and bear interest at the Base Rate.
The Company must pay a commitment fee calculated at a rate of 1/4 of 1% per
annum of the unutilized commitments of each lender under the Revolving Credit
Facility; provided, however, that (i) outstanding Swingline Loans do not
constitute usage of the Revolving Credit Facility for purposes of calculating
the commitment fee and (ii) until the amounts outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Facility, including the stated amount of any outstanding letters of
credit, exceeds $15.0 million (but not thereafter) commitment fees shall be
calculated based on a total commitment of $15.0 million. The Company must also
pay a utilization fee of 1/4% per annum on the amount, if any, by which the
aggregate amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, including
the stated amount of any outstanding letters of credit, exceeds $10.0 million.
The Company must pay a letter of credit fee equal to 1.50% plus any
utilization fee then applicable, and a facing fee of 1/4 of 1% per annum, in
each case, based on the aggregate stated amount of each letter of credit for
its stated duration.
Security. The obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit Facility
are secured by a first priority security interest on substantially all present
and future assets of the Company, including all of the Company's stock in each
of its domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of the Company's foreign
subsidiaries.
Guaranties. The obligations of the Company under the Revolving Credit
Facility are guarantied by each of the Company's domestic subsidiaries (each,
a "Guarantor"). The guaranties are secured by a first priority security
interest on substantially all present and future assets of each Guarantor,
including all of each Guarantor's stock in each of its domestic subsidiaries
and 65% of the stock of each of its foreign subsidiaries.
70
<PAGE>
Covenants. The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary restrictive
covenants, including without limitation restrictions on changes in character
of business, mergers, sales or transfers of assets, acquisitions of assets,
liens, indebtedness, restricted payments, prepayments or repurchases of other
indebtedness, dividends and transactions with affiliates, as well as a
covenant relating to minimum debt payment coverage.
Mandatory Prepayments. The Company is required to make mandatory prepayments
of loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility with the proceeds of
certain asset sales which proceeds have not been reinvested so as to ensure
that the Company does not have any obligation under the Indenture to make an
offer to repurchase the Notes with such proceeds.
Events of Default. The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary events of
default including without limitation failure to pay principal, interest or
fees owed under such agreement when due, any representation or warranty being
materially incorrect when made, the failure to perform or timely observe
covenants set forth therein, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, bankruptcy,
judgments in excess of specified amounts, invalidity of guaranties, impairment
of security interests in collateral and certain changes of control. Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default under the Amended
Credit Agreement, the Lenders may terminate their commitments to make new
loans, declare the then outstanding loans due and payable and foreclose on
collateral securing the Company's obligations thereunder.
CONTINGENT NOTES
In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company issued the Contingent
Notes to the Selling Group which bear interest at 12% per annum (payable semi-
annually in arrears) from the applicable vesting date until paid in full. Half
of the Contingent Notes vest upon the Company obtaining $22.0 million of
Operating EBITDA (as defined in the Contingent Notes) on a latest twelve month
basis within 15 months beginning on the first day of the Company's 1998 fiscal
year and the remaining half vest upon the Company obtaining $28.0 million of
Operating EBITDA on a latest twelve month basis within 30 months beginning on
the first day of the Company's 1998 fiscal year. In addition, if the Company
completes an initial public offering (an "IPO") or a sale resulting in a
Change of Control (as defined in the Contingent Note) (a "Sale Event") within
30 months of March 31, 1997 any unvested principal amounts of Contingent Notes
will vest in their entirety and become redeemable at par if (a) the equity
market capitalization of the Company is greater than $175.0 million for 20
consecutive trading days subsequent to the IPO (but prior to 30 months from
March 31, 1997) or if the equity valuation in the sale (after certain
specified adjustments) is greater than $175.0 million. Vested principal
amounts of the Contingent Notes become due and payable on the third
anniversary of the applicable vesting date (or earlier, at the option of the
Company, subject to any applicable restrictions contained in the Indenture or
in any other debt of the Company) or upon consummation of an IPO or a Sale
Event. The Contingent Notes rank pari passu with the Mezzanine Notes and the
indebtedness evidenced by such Contingent Notes are subordinate to Senior
Indebtedness and the Notes. See "Description of The Notes."
71
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
GENERAL
The New Notes are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of May 6, 1997
(the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). The New Notes
are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Old Notes except
that, if the Exchange Offer is not consummated by November 3, 1997, additional
interest will accrue on the Old Notes from and including such date until but
excluding the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer at a rate of .50% per
annum (increasing at .50% per annum at the end of each 90-day period following
November 3, 1997, but in no event will the additional interest exceed 2%).
The following is a summary of all material provisions of the Indenture and
the Notes, a copy of which Indenture and the form of Notes is filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The
following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes does
not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, all the provisions of the Indenture and the Notes, including
the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof
by the Trust Indenture Act. As used in this "Description of the Notes"
section, references to the "Company" include only HCC Industries Inc. and not
its Subsidiaries.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable,
and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the
Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially
shall be the corporate trust office of the Trustee, at IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, One State Street, New York, New York 10004), except that, at
the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to
the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Note register.
The New Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons,
in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. See "--Book
Entry, Delivery and Form." No service charge shall be made for any
registration or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge
payable in connection therewith.
TERMS OF THE NOTES
The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company,
limited to $90.0 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on May
15, 2007. The Notes are subordinate in right of payment to certain other debt
obligations of the Company. The New Notes will bear interest from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no
interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from May 6, 1997. Accordingly, if the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the
Exchange Offer registered holders of New Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. If, however, the
relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of
the Exchange Offer registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 6, 1997. Old Notes accepted
for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of
consummation of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in the immediately
preceding sentence. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for
exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes
otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which
occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay
interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of such rate, and it
will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher rate to
the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
72
<PAGE>
The interest rate on the Old Notes is subject to increase in certain
circumstances if the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part
relating to the Registered Exchange Offer is not declared effective on a
timely basis or if certain other conditions are not satisfied, all as further
described under "--Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."
For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. Old Notes and New Notes will be treated as a single class of
securities under the Indenture.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to May 15, 2002. Thereafter, the
Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, at any
time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior
notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at the
following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount),
plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
May 15 of the years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
PERIOD PRICE
------ ----------
<S> <C>
2002.......................................... 105.375%
2003.......................................... 103.583%
2004.......................................... 101.792%
2005 and thereafter........................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2000, the
Company may redeem in the aggregate up to $20.0 million of the original
principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of one or more Public Equity
Offerings following which there is a Public Market, at a redemption price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 110.75% plus accrued
interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date); provided, however, that at least $70.0 million aggregate
principal amount of the Notes must remain outstanding after each such
redemption.
In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption
will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other
method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and
appropriate, although no Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less
shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal
to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder
thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
The Notes will not have the benefit of a sinking fund.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The obligations of the Company pursuant to the Notes, including the
repurchase obligation resulting from a Change of Control, are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated
basis, by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is
limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be
guaranteed by the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the
Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable
under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer
or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. If a Subsidiary
Guarantee were to be rendered voidable, a court could deem
73
<PAGE>
it unenforceable or subordinate it to all other indebtedness (including
guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary
Guarantor's liability on its Subsidiary Guarantee could be reduced to zero.
See "Risk Factors--Subordination of the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees."
Pursuant to the Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with,
merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any
other Person to the extent described below under "--Certain Covenants--Merger
and Consolidation"; provided, however, that if such other Person is not the
Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee must be expressly assumed by such other Person. However, upon the
sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a
Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all
the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company) permitted by the Indenture, such Subsidiary
Guarantor will be released and relieved from all its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee.
RANKING
The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees are senior
subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, as the case may be. The payment of the principal of, premium (if
any) and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Subsidiary Guarantee is
subordinate in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, whether outstanding on the Issue
Date or thereafter Incurred, including the obligations under the Revolving
Credit Facility.
As of June 28, 1997, the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors' Senior
Indebtedness was approximately $2.9 million (all of which is Secured
Indebtedness). Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of
additional Indebtedness that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may
Incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be
substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness.
See "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness" and "--Limitation on
Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries."
Only Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is Senior
Indebtedness ranks senior to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Notes and each Subsidiary
Guarantee in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company and the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor,
respectively. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor has agreed in the
Indenture that it will not Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness
that is subordinate or junior in ranking in right of payment to its Senior
Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or
is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness. Unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or
junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured.
The Company may not pay principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the
Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under "--
Defeasance" below and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes
(collectively, "pay the Notes") if (i) any Designated Senior Indebtedness is
not paid when due or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness
occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated
in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been
cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such
Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full. However, the Company may
pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee
receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the
Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set
forth
74
<PAGE>
in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence has occurred and
is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default
described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second preceding sentence) with respect
to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof
may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as
may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any
applicable grace periods, the Company may not pay the Notes for a period (a
"Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a
copy to the Company) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of such default
from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days
thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (A) by
written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who
gave such Blockage Notice, (B) because the default giving rise to such
Blockage Notice is no longer continuing or (C) because such Designated Senior
Indebtedness has been repaid in full). Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions
contained in the first sentence of this paragraph), unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders has
accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company
may resume payments on the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage
Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage
Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of
defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period.
Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total
or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar
proceeding relating to the Company or its property, the holders of all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full of
such Senior Indebtedness before the Noteholders are entitled to receive any
payment, and until all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, any
payment or distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled but for the
subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such
Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear. If a distribution is made
to Noteholders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been
made to them, such Noteholders are required to hold it in trust for the
holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their
interest may appear.
If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior
Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration.
The obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee are
senior subordinated obligations. As such, the rights of Noteholders to receive
payment by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee will be
subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The terms of the subordinated
provisions described above with respect to the Company's obligations under the
Notes apply equally to a Subsidiary Guarantor and the obligations of such
Subsidiary Guarantor under a Subsidiary Guarantee.
By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the
event of insolvency, creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor who
are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Noteholders, and
creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, who
are not holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover less, ratably, than holders of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company and may recover more, ratably, than the
Noteholders.
The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to
payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in
trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes
pursuant to the provisions described under "--Defeasance."
75
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
Except as set forth below, the New Notes will initially be issued in the
form of a registered Note in global form without coupons (the "Global Note").
The Global Note will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in
the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or will remain in the custody of
the Trustee pursuant to the FAST Balance Certificate Agreement between DTC and
the Trustee.
The Depository has advised the Company as follows: the Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New
York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within
the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and "a clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The
Depository was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts
with the Depository ("participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such
securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the
participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities
certificates. The Depository's participants include securities brokers and
dealers (which may include the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the
Depository's book-entry system is also available to others such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.
Upon the issuance of the Global Note, the Depository will credit, on its
book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of the New
Notes represented by such Global Note to the accounts of participants.
Ownership of beneficial interests in such Global Note will be limited to
participants or Persons that may hold interests through participants.
Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be shown on, and the
transfer of those ownership interests will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depository (with respect to participants' interest) and such
participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in the Global
Note other than participants). The laws of some jurisdictions may require that
certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in
definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer or
pledge beneficial interests in the Global Note.
So long as the Depository, or its nominee, is the registered holder and
owner of the Global Note, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may be,
will be considered the sole legal owner and holder of the related New Notes
for all purposes of such New Notes and the Indenture. Except as set forth
below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note will not be entitled
to have the New Notes represented by the Global Note registered in their
names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of
certificated New Notes in definitive form and will not be considered to be the
owners or holders of any New Notes under the Global Note. The Company
understands that under existing industry practice, if an owner of a beneficial
interest in the Global Note desires to take any action that the Depository, as
the holder of the Global Note, is entitled to take, the Depository would
authorize the participants to take such action, and that the participants
would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to take
such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners
owning through them.
Payment of principal of and interest on New Notes represented by the Global
Note registered in the name of and held by the Depository or its nominee will
be made to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the
registered owner and holder of the Global Note.
The Company expects that the Depository or its nominee, upon receipt of any
payment of principal of or interest on the Global Note, will credit
participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Note as
shown on the records of the Depository or its nominee. The Company also
expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the
Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such
participants. The Company will not have any responsibility or liability for
any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on
76
<PAGE>
account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Note for any New Note
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such
beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship
between the Depository and its participants or the relationship between such
participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note owning
through such participants.
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for certificated New
Notes in definitive form, the Global Note may not be transferred except as a
whole by the Depository to a nominee of such Depository or by a nominee of
such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository.
Although the Depository has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of the
Depository, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the
Trustee nor the Company will have any responsibility for the performance by
the Depository or its participants or indirect participants of their
respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
CERTIFICATED NOTES
The New Notes represented by the Global Note are exchangeable for
certificated New Notes in definitive form of like tenor as such New Notes in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof if (i) the Depository
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository
for the Global Note or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company in its discretion
at any time determines not to have all of the New Notes represented by the
Global Note or (iii) a default entitling the holders of the New Notes to
accelerate the maturity thereof has occurred and is continuing. Any New Note
that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence is exchangeable for
certificated New Notes issuable in authorized denominations and registered in
such names as the Depository shall direct. Subject to the foregoing, the
Global Note is not exchangeable, except for a Global Note of the same
aggregate denomination to be registered in the name of the Depository or its
nominee.
REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
In connection with the initial issuance and sale of the Old Notes, the
Initial Purchasers are entitled to the benefits of a registration rights
agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement") for the benefit of the Holders
of the Old Notes, that the Company will, at its cost, (i) not later than
August 4, 1997, file the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part with the SEC with respect to the Exchange Offer to exchange the Old
Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of New Notes having terms
substantially identical in all material respects to the Old Notes (except that
the New Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions)
and (ii) use all reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act by November 3, 1997. Upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will offer the New
Notes in exchange for surrender of the Old Notes. The Company will keep the
Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days (or longer if required
by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to
the Holders of the Old Notes. For each Old Note surrendered to the Company
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Holder of such Old Note will receive a New
Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note.
Interest on each New Note will accrue from the last interest payment date on
which interest was paid on the Old Note surrendered in exchange therefor or,
if no interest has been paid on such Old Note, from May 6, 1997. Under
existing SEC interpretations, the New Notes would be freely transferable by
Holders other than Affiliates of the Company after the Exchange Offer without
further registration under the Securities Act if the Holder of the New Notes
represents that it is acquiring the New Notes in general in the ordinary
course of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any
Person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes and that it is not
an affiliate of the Company, as such terms are interpreted by the SEC;
provided, however, that broker-dealers ("Participating Broker-Dealers")
77
<PAGE>
receiving New Notes in the Exchange Offer will have a prospectus delivery
requirement with respect to resales of such New Notes. Under similar SEC
interpretations, Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus
delivery requirements with respect to New Notes (other than a resale of an
unsold allotment from the original sale of the Old Notes) with this Prospectus
contained in the Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights
Agreement the Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and
other Persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use
this Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement in connection with the
resale of such New Notes.
A Holder of Old Notes (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to
exchange such Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required
to represent, among other things, that any New Notes to be received by it will
be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, that at the time of the
commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with
any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the New Notes and that it is not an "affiliate" of the
Company, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if its is an
affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
In the event that applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not
permit the Company to effect the Exchange Offer, or if for any other reason
the Exchange Offer is not consummated by November 3, 1997, or if any Initial
Purchaser so requests with respect to the Old Notes not eligible to be
exchanged for New Notes in the Exchange Offer and held by it following the
consummation of the Exchange Offer, or if any Holder of Old Notes (other than
an exchanging dealer) is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or
does not receive freely tradeable New Notes in the Exchange Offer, the Company
will, at its cost, (A) as promptly as practicable, file a registration
statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") covering resales of the Old
Notes or the New Notes, as the case may be, (B) use all reasonable efforts to
cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act and (C) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until
May 6, 1999 . The Company will, in the event a Shelf Registration Statement is
filed, among other things, provide to each Holder for whom such Shelf
Registration Statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of
the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such Holder when the Shelf
Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as
are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Old Notes or the New Notes,
as the case may be. A Holder selling such Old Notes or New Notes pursuant to
the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be required to be named as a
selling security Holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus
to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions
under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by
the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are applicable to
such Holder (including certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each
Holder of the Old Notes or New Notes to be registered under the Shelf
Registration Statement will be required to deliver information to be used in
connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on
the Shelf Registration Statement within the time period set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement in order to have such Holder's Old Notes or New
Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and to benefit from the
provisions regarding additional interest set forth in the following paragraph.
The Registration Rights Agreement provides that if by (i) August 4, 1997,
neither the Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has
been filed with the SEC; (ii) by November 3, 1997, neither the Exchange Offer
is consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective; or
(iii) after either the Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration
Statement is declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases
to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with
resales of Old Notes or New Notes in accordance with and during the periods
specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in
clauses (i) through (iii), a "Registration Default"), additional interest will
accrue on the Old Notes and the New Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum
(increasing by 0.50% per annum at the end of each 90-day period thereafter)
from and including
78
<PAGE>
the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding
the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured; provided,
however, that in no event shall such additional interest exceed 2% per annum.
Such interest is payable in addition to any other interest payable from time
to time with respect to the Old Notes and the New Notes.
If the Company effects the Exchange Offer, it will be entitled to close the
Exchange Offer 20 Business Days after the commencement thereof provided that
it has accepted all Old Notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance with
the terms of the Exchange Offer.
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right
to require that the Company repurchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price
in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date).
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a
notice to the Trustee and to each Holder stating: (i) that a Change of Control
has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to
purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record
date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (ii) the
circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including
information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and
capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control); (iii) the
repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed); and (iv) the instructions determined by
the Company, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder
must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.
The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations
in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the covenant described
hereunder. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations
and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant
described hereunder by virtue thereof.
The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between
the Company and the Initial Purchasers. Management has no present intention to
engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible
that the Company would decide to do so in the future. Subject to the
limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into
certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other
recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the
Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at
such time or otherwise affect the Company's capital structure or credit
ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company to Incur additional
Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "--Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness" and "--Limitation on Indebtedness and
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries." Such restrictions can only be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such
covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions
that may afford Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged
transaction.
79
<PAGE>
If a Change of Control offer is made, there can be no assurance that the
Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the purchase price for all
of the Notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to accept the Change
of Control offer. The failure of the Company to make or consummate the Change
of Control offer or pay the purchase price when due will give the Trustee and
the Holders the rights described under "--Events of Default." The phrase "all
or substantially all" of the assets of the Company will likely be interpreted
under applicable state law and will be dependent upon particular facts and
circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of uncertainty in
ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of "all or substantially all" of the
assets of the Company has occurred.
The existence of a Holder's right to require the Company to offer to
repurchase such Holder's Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third
party from acquiring the Company in a transaction which constitutes a Change
of Control.
The Revolving Credit Facility, under certain circumstances, prohibits the
Company from purchasing any Notes prior to its expiration, and will also
provide that the occurrence of certain change of control events with respect
to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a Change of
Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes,
the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or
could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If
the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the
Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the
Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of
Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under
the Revolving Credit Facility. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payment to the Holders of
Notes.
Future Indebtedness of the Company may contain prohibitions on the
occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or
require such Indebtedness to be repaid or repurchased upon a Change of
Control. Moreover, the exercise by the Holders of their right to require the
Company to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness,
even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of
such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to
the Holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by
the Company's then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance
that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required
repurchases. The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Company's
obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of
Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:
Limitation on Indebtedness.
(a) The Company shall not Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness
unless, on the date of such Incurrence, after giving pro forma effect thereto,
the Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio at the date of such issuance exceeds
2.0 to 1.0 if such Indebtedness is Incurred prior to May 15, 1999 and 2.25 to
1 if such Indebtedness is Incurred thereafter.
(b) Notwithstanding clause (a), the Company may Incur the following
Indebtedness: (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Revolving Credit
Facility; provided, however, that after giving pro forma effect to such
Incurrence and the application of the net proceeds therefrom the aggregate
amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at such time, together with the
aggregate amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to
clause (i) of "Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries" below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y)
the sum of (A) 50% of the gross book value of the inventory of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 85% of
80
<PAGE>
the gross book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) Indebtedness owed to and held by a Wholly Owned
or Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or
transfer of any Capital Stock that results in such Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Wholly Owned or Foreign Subsidiary or any transfer of such Indebtedness (other
than to a Wholly Owned or Foreign Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case,
to constitute the issuance of such Indebtedness by the Company; (iii) the
Notes and the Exchange Notes; (iv) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above) outstanding on Issue Date; (v)
any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (viii) or this clause (v)
or pursuant to clause (v) of the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" below; (vi)
obligations of the Company pursuant to (A) interest rate swap or similar
agreements designed to protect the Company against fluctuations in interest
rates in respect of Indebtedness of the Company to the extent the notional
principal amount of such obligation does not exceed the aggregate principal
amount of the Indebtedness to which such interest rate contracts relate and
(B) foreign exchange or commodity hedge, exchange or similar agreements
designed to protect the Company against fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates or commodity prices in respect of foreign exchange or commodity
exposures Incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of its business;
(vii) Indebtedness of the Company consisting of obligations in respect of
purchase price adjustments in connection with the acquisition or disposition
of assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the
Indenture; (viii) Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Indebtedness and
Acquired Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount, together with the
principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (x) of
"Limitation of Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries,"
not exceeding $15.0 million at any one given time outstanding; and (ix)
Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other
Indebtedness of the Company then outstanding (other than Indebtedness
permitted by clauses (i) through (viii) of this Section or clause (a)) does
not exceed $10.0 million (less the amount of any Subsidiary Indebtedness and
Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to clause (vii) of
"Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries").
(c) Notwithstanding Sections (a) and (b) above, and the provisions of
"Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries,"
the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue
any Indebtedness if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to
repay, prepay, redeem, defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated
Obligations unless such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, to at least the same extent as
such Subordinated Obligations.
(d) For purposes of determining compliance with the covenant entitled "--
Limitation on Indebtedness," (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness
meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described
above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of
Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and (ii) an item of Indebtedness may
be divided and classified in more than one of the types of Indebtedness
described above.
(e) For purposes of determining amounts of Indebtedness under this covenant,
Indebtedness resulting from security interests granted with respect to
Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of Indebtedness, and
Guarantees (and security interests with respect thereof) of, or obligations
with respect to letters of credit supporting, Indebtedness otherwise included
in the determination of Indebtedness shall not be included in the
determination of Indebtedness.
Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to Incur,
directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock except: (i)
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facility or any other
revolving credit arrangement; provided, however, that, after giving pro forma
effect to such Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the
aggregate amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at such time, together
81
<PAGE>
with the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and issued
pursuant to clause (b)(i) of "Limitation on Indebtedness" above, shall not
exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) the sum of (A) 50% of the
gross book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and (B) 85% of the gross book value of the accounts receivable of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) Indebtedness or Preferred
Stock issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned or Foreign
Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of
any Capital Stock that results in any such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly
Owned or Foreign Subsidiary or (B) any subsequent transfer of such
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned
or Foreign Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the
issuance of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock by the issuer thereof; (iii)
Acquired Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after
giving effect to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness, the Company
could incur $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) under "Limitation on
Indebtedness"; (iv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (other than any described
in clause (i), (ii) or (iii)) outstanding on the Issue Date; (v) Refinancing
Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock referred
to in clause (iii), (iv) or (x) or this clause (v); provided, however, that to
the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances Acquired Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Incurred only by such
Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
(A) interest rate swap or similar agreements designed to protect such
Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in interest rates in respect of the
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the notional
principal amount of such obligation does not exceed the aggregate principal
amount of the Indebtedness to which such interest rate contracts relate and
(B) foreign exchange or commodity hedge, exchange or similar agreements
designed to protect such Restricted Subsidiary against fluctuations in foreign
currency exchange rates or commodity prices in respect of foreign exchange or
commodity exposures Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of its business; (vii) Indebtedness consisting of the Subsidiary
Guarantees; (viii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of
Obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of assets by any Restricted Subsidiary permitted
under the Indenture; (ix) Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money
Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not
exceeding, together with the principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to clause (viii) of "Limitation on Indebtedness," $15.0 million at
any one given time outstanding; and (x) Indebtedness and Preferred Stock in an
aggregate principal amount which, together with any other Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries then outstanding (other than
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock permitted by clauses (i) through (ix) of this
Section) does not exceed $10.0 million (less the amount of any Indebtedness
then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to clause (b)(ix) of "Limitation on
Indebtedness").
Limitation on Liens Securing Subordinated Indebtedness. The Company will
not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, Incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any
of their respective assets or properties now owned or acquired after the date
of the Indenture or any income or profits therefrom securing (i) any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is expressly by
its terms subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless the
Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, are equally
and ratably secured for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured; provided
that, if such Indebtedness which is expressly by its terms subordinate or
junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary is expressly subordinate or junior to the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, then the Lien securing such
subordinated or junior Indebtedness shall be subordinate and junior to the
Lien securing the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may
be, with the same relative priority as such subordinated or junior
Indebtedness shall have with respect to the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be; provided, further, that this clause (i) shall
not be applicable to any Liens securing any such Indebtedness which became
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
transaction permitted under "--Merger and Consolidation" or Liens
82
<PAGE>
securing Acquired Indebtedness and, in each case, which Liens were in
existence at the time of such transaction or Incurrence of such Acquired
Indebtedness (unless such Indebtedness was Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such transaction or Incurrence) so long as such Liens do not
extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary other than the property or assets such Liens covered before the
consummation of such transaction or Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness,
(ii) any assumption, guarantee or other liability of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary which is expressly by its terms subordinate or junior in
right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, unless the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case
may be, is equally and ratably secured for so long as such assumption,
guaranty or other liability is so secured; provided that, if such subordinated
Indebtedness which is expressly by its terms subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is
expressly by its terms subordinate or junior to the Notes or the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, then the Lien securing the
assumption, guarantee or other liability of such Subsidiary shall be
subordinate and junior to the Lien securing the Notes or the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, with the same relative priority as
such subordinated or junior Indebtedness shall have with respect to the Notes
or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be; provided, further,
that this clause (ii) shall not be applicable to Liens securing any such
assumption, guarantee or other liability which existed at the time such
Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or acquired the assets subject to such Lien and
which Liens were in existence at the time of such transaction (unless such
assumption, guarantee or other liability was Incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or in contemplation of
the acquisition of such Assets), so long as such Liens do not extend to or
cover any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the
property or assets of such Person or other than the property or assets so
acquired, as the case may be.
Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. The Company will not,
and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, Incur, assume,
guarantee or in any other manner become liable with respect to any
Indebtedness, other than the Notes, that is subordinate in right of payment to
any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary,
unless such Indebtedness is also pari passu with, or subordinate in right of
payment to, the Notes, or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may
be.
Limitation on Restricted Payments.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the
direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock in their capacities as such
(except dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase its
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and except dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and, if a
Restricted Subsidiary is not wholly owned, to all stockholders on a pro rata
basis), (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Capital Stock of the Company or of any direct or indirect parent of the
Company, (iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than the
purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations
purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of
acquisition and other than any required or mandatory payments, purchases or
acquisitions triggered by events which would trigger the prepayments of the
Notes described under "Change of Control" and "Limitation on Sales of Assets
and Subsidiary Stock;" provided that such required or mandatory payments,
purchases or acquisitions (x) are otherwise in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, (y) are made in accordance with the subordination provisions
governing such Subordinated Obligations and (z) an offer is made to prepay the
Notes in
83
<PAGE>
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and if such offer is accepted,
payments shall be made with respect to the Notes being repurchased prior to
any payment with respect to such Subordinated Obligations) or (iv) make any
Investment in any Affiliate of the Company other than a Restricted Subsidiary
or a Person which will become a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any such
Investment (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being herein referred
to as a "Restricted Payment") if at the time the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: (1) a Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or (2) the Company would not be
permitted to issue an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a)
under "Limitation on Indebtedness" after giving pro forma effect to such
Restricted Payment; or (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and
all other Restricted Payments since the date on which the Notes were
originally issued would exceed the sum of: (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net
Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the
beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the Notes were originally issued
to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements
are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit); (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by
the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the date on which the Notes were originally
issued (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary or an employee stock
ownership plan or similar trust in the benefit of employees); (C) the
aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of
its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to an employee stock
ownership plan subsequent to the date on which the Notes were originally
issued; provided, however, that if such employee stock ownership plan issues
any Indebtedness, such aggregate amount shall be limited to an amount equal to
any increase in the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company resulting from
principal repayments made by such employee stock ownership plan with respect
to Indebtedness issued by it to finance the purchase of such Capital Stock;
(D) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the
Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a
Subsidiary) subsequent to the date on which the Notes were originally issued
of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Capital
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any
cash, or other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or
exchange); and (E) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from dividends, interest,
repayments of loans or advances or Indebtedness or other transfers of assets,
in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted
Subsidiaries, and (ii) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated
a Restricted Subsidiary (provided such Unrestricted Subsidiary is otherwise
eligible to become a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that the
foregoing sum in clause (E) shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a
Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(b) The provisions of Section (a) shall not prohibit: (1) any payments made
in accordance with the "Use of Proceeds"; (2) any purchase or redemption of
Capital Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for,
or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock
of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock
issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan); provided,
however, that (A) such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds
from such sale shall be excluded from clauses (3)(B) or (3)(C) of Section (a);
(3) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations of the Company made
by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
of, Indebtedness of the Company which is permitted to be issued pursuant to
the provisions of "Limitation on Indebtedness" above; provided, however, that
such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount
of Restricted Payments; (4) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated
Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under "Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" below; provided, however, that such
purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments; (5) dividends paid
84
<PAGE>
within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration
such dividend would have complied with this provision; provided, however, that
at the time of payment of such dividend, no other Default shall have occurred
and be continuing (or would result therefrom); provided further, however, that
such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments; (6) the repurchase of shares of, or options to purchase shares of,
Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from employees, former
employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees,
directors or former directors), pursuant to the terms of the agreements
(including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by
the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell or are
granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such common stock; provided,
however, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases shall not exceed the
sum of $1.0 million (unless, with respect to a deceased Person, to the extent
such repurchases are funded out of the proceeds of such Person's life
insurance policy of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a
beneficiary) and the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock to
members of management or directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries that
occurs after the Issue Date (to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale
of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3)(C) of paragraph (a) above);
provided further, however, that (A) such repurchases shall be excluded in the
calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds
from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause
(3)(C) of paragraph (a) above; and (7) dividend, distribution or other payment
on or with respect to Capital Stock to the extent payable in shares of Capital
Stock of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock).
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)
pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation
owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make any loans or
advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the
Company, except: (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; (2) any encumbrance or
restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement
relating to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by such Restricted
Subsidiary or predecessor thereto on or prior to the date on which such
Restricted Subsidiary or predecessor thereto (or assets thereof) was acquired
by the Company (other than Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued as
consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to
consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
which such Restricted Subsidiary (or predecessor (or assets thereof)) became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such
date; (3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a
refinancing of Indebtedness issued pursuant to an agreement referred to in
clause (1) or (2) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in
clause (1) or (2); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions
with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any of such
refinancing agreement or amendment, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to
the Noteholders than encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such
Restricted Subsidiary contained in such agreements as determined in good faith
by the Board of Director of the Company; (4) any such encumbrance or
restriction consisting of customary nonassignment provisions in leases
governing leasehold interests or capital leases to the extent such provisions
restrict the transfer of the lease; and (5) in the case of clause (iii) above,
restrictions contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of
the property subject to such security agreements; (6) encumbrances or
restrictions imposed by operation of applicable law; (7) any restriction with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered
into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock
or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or
disposition; (8) encumbrances or restrictions imposed upon the transfer,
assignment or licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property including,
copyrighted and patent material; and (9) encumbrances or restrictions imposed
pursuant to Purchase Money Indebtedness and
85
<PAGE>
Capital Lease Obligations Incurred pursuant to the terms of the Indenture for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions
of the nature described in clause (iii) above on the property so acquired.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a) customary provisions restricting
subletting or assignment of any lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business, consistent with past practice, nor (b) Liens permitted under the
Indenture, shall in and of themselves be considered a restriction on the
ability of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to transfer such agreements or
assets, as the case may be.
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, make any Asset Disposition unless (i) the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at
least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), of the
shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition and at least 85% of the
consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, is in the form of cash or cash equivalents, and (ii) an
amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is
applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) (A)
first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any
Senior Indebtedness), to prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness or
Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Stock) of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
or such Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to
the Company or a Subsidiary) within 60 days from the later of the date of such
Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (B) second, to
the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in
accordance with clause (A), at the Company's election to the investment by the
Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary in assets
to replace the assets that were the subject of such Asset Disposition or an
asset that (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) will be
used in the business of the Company and the Wholly Owned Subsidiaries existing
on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto, in each case
within the later of 270 days from the date of such Asset Disposition or the
receipt of such Net Available Cash; (C) third, to the extent of the balance of
such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and
(B), to make an offer to purchase Notes at par (and any other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness designated by the Company, at a price no greater
than par) plus accrued and unpaid interest and (D) fourth, to the extent of
the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with
clauses (A), (B) and (C), to (x) the acquisition by the Company or any Wholly
Owned Subsidiary or such Restricted Subsidiary of Tangible Property to be used
in the business of the Company and the Wholly Owned Subsidiaries existing on
the Issue Date or such Restricted Subsidiary or in businesses reasonably
related thereto or (y) the prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness
(other than any Disqualified Stock) of the Company (other than Indebtedness
owed to a Subsidiary of the Company) or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary (other
than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company), in each
case within 270 days from the later of the receipt of such Net Available Cash
and the date the offer is consummated; provided, however, that in connection
with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause
(A), (C) or (D) above, the Company or such Subsidiary shall retire such
Indebtedness and cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently
reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or
purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net
Available Cash in accordance with this Section except to the extent that the
aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which are not applied
in accordance with this Section exceeds $2.5 million. Pending application of
Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section, such Net Available Cash shall be
invested in Permitted Investments.
For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or
cash equivalents: (x) the express assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary and (y) securities received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 120 days of closing the
transaction.
86
<PAGE>
(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of the
Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to clause
(a)(ii)(C) above, the Company will be required to purchase Notes tendered
pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (and other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal
amount (without premium) plus accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of
such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may
be provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) in
accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of
oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture which shall include, among other
things, that the offer shall remain open for 20 Business Days following
commencement. If the aggregate purchase price of Notes (and any other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to such offer is less than the
Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase thereof, the Company will be
required to apply the remaining Net Available Cash in accordance with clause
(a)(ii)(D) above. The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to
purchase Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to this
covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor is less than $2.5
million (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of
determining whether such an offer is required with respect to any subsequent
Asset Disposition).
(c) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to
this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue thereof.
Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, conduct any business or enter into any transaction or series of similar
transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property
or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company or any
legal or beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the
Company or with an Affiliate of any such owner (other than a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or any employee stock ownership plan for the benefit
of the Company's or a Restricted Subsidiary's employees) unless the terms of
such business, transaction or series of transactions are (i) set forth in
writing, (ii) as favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as
terms that would be obtainable at the time for a comparable transaction or
series of similar transactions in arms-length dealings with an unrelated third
Person and (iii) the disinterested members, if any, of the Board of Directors
has, by resolution, determined in good faith that such business or transaction
or series of transactions meets the criteria set forth in (ii) above;
provided, however, that if such transaction involves an amount in excess of
$2.5 million, the Company shall also obtain from a nationally recognized
expert with experience in appraising the terms and conditions of the type of
business or transactions an opinion that such transaction is fair from a
financial point of view to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be.
(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit (i) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described
under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments," or any payment or transaction
specifically excepted from the definition of Restricted Payment, (ii) any
issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment
arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of
Directors or the board of directors of the relevant Restricted Subsidiary,
(iii) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors
pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors or the board of directors
of the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) loans or advances to officers,
directors or employees in the ordinary course of business, (v) the payment of
reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
who are not employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vi) any
Affiliate transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or
between Restricted Subsidiaries, (vii) indemnification or insurance provided
to officers or directors of the Company
87
<PAGE>
or any Subsidiary approved in good faith by the Board of Directors; (viii)
payment of compensation and benefits to directors, officers and employees of
the Company and its Subsidiaries approved in good faith by the Board of
Directors; (ix) sales of Capital Stock of the Company to Affiliates; (x) fees
or expense reimbursements paid to Windward and its Affiliates in accordance
with the provisions of that certain Financial Services Advisory Agreement
between the Company and Windward or that certain Fee Letter between the
Company and Windward both dated as of February 14, 1997, in each case, as in
effect on such date, without amendment; (xi) the purchase of or the payment of
Indebtedness of or monies owed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for goods or materials purchased, or services received, in the
ordinary course of business or (xii) customary investment banking fees to
Credit Suisse First Boston.
Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of
any of its Capital Stock except (i) to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary, (ii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or
other disposition, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) if, immediately after
giving effect to such issuance, sale or other disposition, such Restricted
Subsidiary (x) would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any
Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto would have
been permitted to be made under the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Restricted Payments" if made on the date of such issuance, sale or other
disposition or (y) would remain a Restricted Subsidiary or (v) directors'
qualifying shares.
Merger and Consolidation. The Company shall not, in a single transaction or
a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or
convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets (computed on a
consolidated basis) to, any Person, unless: (i) the resulting, surviving or
transferee Person (if not the Company) shall be a Person organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia and such Person shall expressly assume, by an
indenture supplemental to the Indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or
transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes
an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or any
Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such
Person or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person would be able to
Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section (a) of the
"Limitation on Indebtedness"; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall have
Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the Consolidated
Net Worth of the Company prior to such transaction; and (v) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and if a supplemental
indenture is required, an Opinion of Counsel (in no event, however, shall such
Opinion of Counsel cover financial ratios, the solvency of any Person or any
other financial or statistical data or information), each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any)
comply with the Indenture.
The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company and shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Indenture, and the predecessor company, in the case of a
conveyance, transfer or lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Notes.
The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a
series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person
unless: (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such
Subsidiary) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
jurisdiction under which such Subsidiary was organized or under the laws of
the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of
Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by executing a Subsidiary
Guarantee, all the
88
<PAGE>
obligations of such Subsidiary, if any, under its Subsidiary Guarantee; (ii)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction or transactions on a pro
forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result of such transaction as
having been issued by such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction, the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to the "Limitation on Indebtedness"; and (iv) the
Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel (in no event, however, shall such Opinion of Counsel cover financial
ratios, the solvency of any Person or any other financial or statistical data
or information), each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and,
such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, complies with the Indenture. The provisions
of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall not apply to any one or more
transactions which constitute an Asset Disposition if the Company has complied
with the applicable provisions of the covenant described under "--Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" above.
The phrase "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company will
likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon
particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of "all or
substantially all" of the assets of the Company has occurred.
Future Guarantors. In the event that, after the Issue Date, any Restricted
Subsidiary Incurs any Indebtedness pursuant to clause (i) of the covenant
described under "--Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries" above, the Company shall cause such Restricted
Subsidiary to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the
terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture and shall cause all
Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any other
Subsidiary of the Company and not previously discharged (and not pledged under
the Revolving Credit Facility) to be converted into Capital Stock of such
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock).
Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Indenture will
provide that the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other
than a Subsidiary Guarantor) as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under the
Indenture (a "Designation") only if:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or
after giving effect to such Designation;
(ii) either (x) the assets of such Subsidiary do not exceed $1,000 or (y)
the Company would be permitted under the Indenture to make an Investment at
the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) in
an amount (the "Designation Amount") equal to fair market value of the
Capital Stock of such Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors on such date; and
(iii) the Company would be permitted under the Indenture to Incur $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant
described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" at the time of
Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation).
In the event of any such Designation, the Company shall be deemed to have
made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment pursuant to the covenant
described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" for all purposes of the
Indenture in the Designation Amount. The Indenture will further provide that
the Company shall not and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at
any time (a) provide credit support for, or a guarantee of, any Indebtedness
of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or
instrument evidencing such Indebtedness), (b) be directly or indirectly liable
for any Indebtedness which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice,
lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof
to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the
occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary
89
<PAGE>
(including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted
Subsidiary), except in the case of clause (a) or (b) to the extent permitted
under the covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments".
The Indenture will further provide that the Company may revoke any
Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a "Revocation") if:
(i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and
after giving effect to such Revocation; and
(ii) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at
such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the
Indenture and for all purposes of the Indenture shall be deemed to have
been Incurred at such time:
All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by resolutions of the
Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the
foregoing provisions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
as of the Issue Date shall be permitted to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide within 15 days to the
Trustee and Noteholders such annual reports and such information, documents
and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange
Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such
information, documents and other reports to be so filed and provided at the
times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports
under such Sections; provided that prior to the consummation of the Exchange
Offer and the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the Company will mail to the
Trustee and the Noteholders substantially the same information that would have
been required by such Sections.
DEFAULTS
An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as (i) a default in the
payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days, (ii) a
default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated
Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration
or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations
under "--Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above, (iv) the failure
by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations
in the covenants described above under "Change of Control" (other than a
failure to purchase Notes) or under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Indebtedness," "--Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries," "--Limitation on Liens Securing Subordinated Indebtedness," "--
Limitation on other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness," "--Limitation on
Restricted Payments," "--Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
Restricted Subsidiaries," "--Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock (other than a failure to purchase the Notes)," "--Limitation on
Affiliate Transactions," "--Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries," "--Future Guarantors," "--Limitation on
Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries," or "--SEC Reports," (v) the
failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its other
agreements contained in the Indenture, (vi) Indebtedness of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after
final maturity or is accelerated by the Holders thereof because of a default
and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $5
million (the "cross acceleration provision"), (vii) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary (the "bankruptcy provisions"), (viii) any judgment or decree for
the payment of money in excess of $5 million is rendered against the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged and either (A) an
enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such
90
<PAGE>
judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following such judgment
during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the
execution thereof stayed, or (ix) any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Significant
Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance
with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor that
is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee.
However, a default under clause (iv), (v) or (viii) will not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company
does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such
notice.
If an Event of Default (other than the bankruptcy provisions relating to the
Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such
a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable
immediately. If an Event of Default relating to the bankruptcy provisions
relating to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and
interest on all the Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect
to the Notes and its consequences.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such
Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against
any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment
of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may
pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such
Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such
Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any
loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such
request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or
indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with
such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that
would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the
Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the
payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold
notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a
committee of its trust officers determines that withholding notice is not
opposed to the interest of the Holders. In addition, the Company is required
to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year,
a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that
occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to
the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of
any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with
91
<PAGE>
a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance
with any provisions may also be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby,
no amendment may (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated
Maturity of any Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of
any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described
under "--Optional Redemption" above, (v) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated in the Note, (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of and interest on such Holder's Notes on or after the
due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on
or with respect to such Holder's Notes, (vii) make any change in the amendment
provisions which require each Holder's consent or in the waiver provisions,
(viii) make any change to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that
would adversely affect the Holders, or (ix) make any change in any Subsidiary
Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders.
Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the
Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide
for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the
Company under the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes
are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or
in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section
163(f)(2)(B) of the Code), to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, to
secure the Notes, to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of
the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to
make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder or to
comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of
the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. However, no amendment may be made
to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the
rights of any Holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary then outstanding unless the Holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or
their Representative) consent to such change.
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is
required to mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment.
However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect
therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
TRANSFER
The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only
upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of
transfer. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection with
certain transfers and exchanges.
DEFEASANCE
The Company at its option at any time may terminate all of its obligations
under the Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain
obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations
to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent
in respect of the Notes. In addition, the Company at its option at any time
may terminate its obligations under "Change of Control" and under the
covenants described under "--Certain Covenants" (other than the covenant
described under "--Merger and Consolidation") (and any omission to comply with
such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the Notes), the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the
92
<PAGE>
bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the
judgment default provision described under "--Defaults" above and the
limitations contained in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the first paragraph under
"--Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above ("covenant defeasance").
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its
prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because
of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its
covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iv), (vi), (vii) (with
respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (viii) under "--Defaults" above
or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (iii) or (iv)
of the first paragraph under "--Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation"
above.
In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the
Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with
certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for
Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and
will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and
defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such
Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service
or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company is to be the Trustee under the Indenture
and has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with
regard to the Notes. Such bank may also act as a depository of funds for, or
make loans to and perform other services for, the Company or its Affiliates in
the ordinary course of business in the future.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain
exceptions. The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default occurs (and is
not cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use
the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject
to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes,
unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the
extent required by the terms of the Indenture. The Trustee may resign at any
time or may be removed by the Company. If the Trustee resigns, is removed or
becomes incapable of acting as Trustee or if a vacancy occurs in the office of
the Trustee for any cause, a successor Trustee shall be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the
meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such
interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject
to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the Indenture. The Indenture
also contains certain limitations on the right of the Trustee, as a creditor
of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on
certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or
otherwise.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture provides that it and the Notes will be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
93
<PAGE>
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) assumed in connection
with the acquisition of assets from such Person, and in each case not Incurred
by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of,
such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such
acquisition, merger or consolidation.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means (i) any other Person which,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common
control with such specified Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director
or officer (A) of such specified Person, (B) of any subsidiary of such
specified Person or (C) of any Person described in clause (i) above. For
purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, direct or
indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person whether by contract or otherwise and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of the
provisions described in "Limitation on Restricted Payments," and "Limitation
on Affiliate Transactions" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial
owner of Capital Stock representing 5% or more of the total voting power of
the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or
warrants to purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently exercisable)
and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant
to the first sentence hereof.
"Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or
series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger or
consolidation in excess of $250,000 (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a "disposition"), of (i) any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares
required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any
division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
(iii) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of
the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
(other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (w) a disposition by a
Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (x) for purposes of the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock" only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment
permitted by the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Restricted Payments" or a disposition specifically excepted from the
definition of Restricted Payment), (y) settlement, surrender, waiver or
release of contract rights or contract, tort or other claims and (z) grant of
licenses of intellectual property including patent, trademark and know-how.
"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the
dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied
by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
"Bank Indebtedness" means all Obligations pursuant to the Revolving Credit
Facility and reimbursement of letters of credit issued pursuant to the
Revolving Credit Facility.
"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
"Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
"Capital Lease Obligations" of a Person means any obligation which is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of
a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; the amount of
such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the
first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without
payment of a penalty.
94
<PAGE>
"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to
purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
interests in (however designated), including any Preferred Stock, but
excluding any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for such
equity.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) prior to the first public offering of common stock of the Company,
the Permitted Holders cease to be the "beneficial owners" (as defined in
Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a
majority in the aggregate of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Company, whether as a result of issuance of securities of the Company,
any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any
direct or indirect transfer of securities or otherwise (for purposes of
this clause (i) and clause (ii) below, the Permitted Holders shall be
deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a corporation (the
"specified corporation") held by any other corporation (the "parent
corporation") so long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so
defined), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the voting
power of the Voting Stock of the parent corporation);
(ii) (A) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or
becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (i) above except that a
person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that
any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of
more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;
and (B) the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as defined in clause (i)
above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than such other
person and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or
otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company (for the purposes of this clause (ii), such other
person shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified
corporation held by a parent corporation, if such other person
"beneficially owns" (as defined in this clause (ii)), directly or
indirectly, more than 30% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such
parent corporation and the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as defined
in clause (i) above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser
percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent
corporation and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract
or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of
Directors of such parent corporation);
(iii) (A) another corporation merges into the Company or the Company
consolidates with or merges into any other corporation, or (B) the Company
conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets (computed
on a consolidated basis) to any person or group, in one transaction or a
series of transaction other than any conveyance, transfer or lease between
the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, in each case in
one transaction or a series of related transactions with the effect that
either (x) immediately after such transaction any person or entity or group
(as so defined) of persons or entities (other than a Permitted Holder)
shall have become the beneficial owner of securities of the surviving
corporation of such merger or consolidation representing a majority of the
combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the surviving
corporation ordinarily having the right to vote in the election of
directors or (y) the securities of the Company that are outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the
combined voting power of the securities of the Company ordinarily having
the right to vote in the election of directors are changed into or
exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such
transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition
to any other consideration, securities of the surviving corporation that
represent immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the
combined voting power of the securities of the surviving corporation
ordinarily having the right vote in the election of directors; or
95
<PAGE>
(iv) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company
(together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors
or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was
approved by a vote of 60% of the directors of the Company then still in
office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for
any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company then in office.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means
the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most
recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are
available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters;
provided, however, that (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has
issued any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains
outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
Consolidated EBITDA Coverage Ratio is an issuance of Indebtedness, or both,
EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated
after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such
Indebtedness had been issued on the first day of such period and the discharge
of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise
discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had
occurred on the first day of such period, (2) if since the beginning of such
period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset
Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be (including Capital Stock of a
Subsidiary) reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly
attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for
such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative),
directly attributable thereto for such period, and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or
otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Dispositions for such period (or,
if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing
Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such
sale), (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any
Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or
an acquisition of assets (including Capital Stock of a Subsidiary), including
any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a
calculation to be made hereunder, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including the issuance of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or
acquisition occurred on the first day of such period, and (4) if since the
beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition or
any Investment that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2)
or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such
period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition
or Investment occurred on the first day of such period. For purposes of this
definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of
assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, and the amount of
Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness issued in
connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good
faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma
effect, the interest of such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate
in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the
entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement
applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Protection Agreement has
a remaining term in excess of 12 months). For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro
96
<PAGE>
forma effect is to be given to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a
revolving credit facility the amount outstanding under such Indebtedness shall
be equal to the average of the lesser of (computed on a daily basis) (1) the
amount outstanding during the period commencing on the first day of the first
of the four most recent fiscal quarters for which financial statements are
available and ending on the date of determination and (2) the total available
commitment under such revolving credit facility as of the date of
determination (if such commitment has been permanently reduced).
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to
the extent not included in such interest expense but Incurred by the Company
or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) interest expense attributable to capital
leases, (ii) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, (iii)
capitalized interest, (iv) non-cash interest payments, (v) commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit
and bankers' acceptance financing, (vi) net costs under Hedging Obligations
(including amortization of fees), (vii) Preferred Stock dividends in respect
of all Preferred Stock held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary, (viii) interest Incurred in connection with investments in
discontinued operations, (ix) interest actually paid by the Company or any of
its consolidated subsidiaries under any Guarantee of Indebtedness or other
obligation of any other Person and (x) the cash contributions to any employee
stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are
used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than
the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income
(i) any net income of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted
Subsidiary, except that (A) the Company's equity in the net income of any
such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such
Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a
dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other
distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in
clause (iii) below) and (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such
Person for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated
Net Income, but only to the extent of the Company's net Investment in such
Person;
(ii) any net income of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary
in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of
such acquisition;
(iii) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the
payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that (A) the Company's
equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period
shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate
amount of cash actually distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during
such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend
or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other
distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained
in this clause) and (B) the Company's equity in a net loss of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such
Consolidated Net Income;
(iv) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition
of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated
subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement)
which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of
business and any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
(v) non-cash charges relating to the any compensation plan, including,
but not limited to stock option and stock appreciation rights plan;
provided, that actual cash amounts paid in connection with
97
<PAGE>
any such plan which have been previously excluded under this clause (v)
shall be included in determination of Consolidated Net Income when such
amount are paid;
(vi) non-cash charges related to the Recapitalization and all charges
related to the issuance of the Notes or the use of proceeds thereof; and
(vii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the total of the amounts shown
on the balance sheet of such Person and its consolidated subsidiaries,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person for which financial statements
of such Person are available, as (i) the par or stated value of all
outstanding Capital Stock of such Person plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital
surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or
earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit and (B) any amounts
attributable to Disqualified Stock.
"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.
"Deferred Amount" means the $6.0 million deposited pursuant to that certain
Deferred Purchase Price and Security Agreement dated as of February 14, 1997
among the Company and the Buyers, Sellers and the Escrow Agent (each as
defined therein).
"Depository" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their
respective successors.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii)
any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company which, at the date of
determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under
which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend
up to, at least $25 million and is specifically designated by the Company in
the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as "Designated
Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of the Indenture.
"Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any
event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that any
Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions
thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase
or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change
of control" occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of
the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or
"change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more
favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions described
under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
Stock" and "--Certain Covenants--Change of Control."
"EBITDA" for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such period,
plus the following (but without duplication) to the extent deducted in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income for such period: (i) income tax
expense, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) depreciation expense, (iv)
amortization expense and (v) all other non-cash charges (other than any
recurring non-cash charges to the extent such charges represent an accrual of
or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period). Notwithstanding clause
(v) above, there shall be deducted from EBITDA in any period any cash expended
in such period that funds a non-recurring, non-cash charge accrued or reserved
in a prior period which was added back to EBITDA pursuant to clause (v) in
such prior period. For the purpose of the calculation of EBITDA, net cash
payments by the Company that are reimbursed from the Deferred Amount shall be
excluded from the calculation.
98
<PAGE>
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
"Foreign Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary whose assets are located,
or whose operations are conducted primarily outside of the United States or
the majority of whose sales are to Persons outside the United States.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, including those set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession.
"Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of
any Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the
purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered
into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such
obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided,
however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
"Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign currency exchange
agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures contract or other
similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against
changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.
"Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Registrar's books.
"Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for
Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at
the time such Person becomes a subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation,
acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at
the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun
shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest
bearing or other discount security shall be deemed the Incurrence of
Indebtedness.
"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication,
(i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness
of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes,
debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which
such Person is responsible or liable;
(ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;
(iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person
and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but
excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business);
(iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor
on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction
(other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing
obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above)
entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the
extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent
drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day
99
<PAGE>
following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following
payment on the letter of credit);
(v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock (but
excluding any accrued dividends);
(vi) all Hedging Obligations;
(vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi)
of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
Guarantee (other than in each case by reason of activities described in the
proviso to the definition of "Guarantee"); and
(viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through
(vii) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the
amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described
above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the amount of liability
required by GAAP to be accrued or reflected on the most recently published
balance sheet of such Person.
For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any
Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall
be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock
as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which
Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and
if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such
Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value to be determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors. For purposes hereof, the amount of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount shall be the original
purchase price plus accrued interest, provided, however, that such accretion
shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness.
"Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement
designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against
fluctuations in interest rates.
"Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other
than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are
recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Person making the
advance or loan) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee
or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer
of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services
for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital
Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For
purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of
"Restricted Payment" and the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants --
Limitation on Restricted Payments," (i) "Investment" shall include the portion
(proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the
fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the
time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that if such designation is made in connection with the acquisition
of such Subsidiary or the assets owned by such Subsidiary, the "Investment" in
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the consideration paid in connection
with such acquisition; provided further, however, that upon a redesignation of
such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to
continue to have a permanent investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an
amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such
Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion
(proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the
fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to
100
<PAGE>
or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at
the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors.
"issue" means issue, assume, Guarantee, Incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be issued by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the term "issuance" has a
corresponding meaning.
"Issue Date" means the date on which the Old Notes were originally issued.
"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, conditional sale or
other title retention agreement or other similar lien.
"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
(including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and
when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of
assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations
relating to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form)
therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax
expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a
liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all
payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to
such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any lien upon or other
security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by
its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such
Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be
made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a
result of such Asset Disposition and (iv) appropriate amounts provided by the
seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset
Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after
such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, pension and other post-
employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters
and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such
Asset Disposition. Further, with respect to an Asset Disposition by a
Subsidiary which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, Net Available Cash shall be
reduced pro rata for the portion of the equity of such Subsidiary which is not
owned by the Company.
"Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses actually
Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.
"Obligations" means with respect to any Indebtedness all obligations for
principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements, and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation
governing such Indebtedness.
"Permitted Holders" means Andrew Goldfarb, Windward Capital Associates,
L.P., Windward/Park HCC, L.L.C., Windward/Merchant, L.P., Windward/Merban,
L.P. or any of their respective members or partners or any Affiliate of any of
the foregoing.
"Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in (i) a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the
making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;
(ii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related Business;
(iii) Temporary
101
<PAGE>
Cash Investments; (iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and
payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided,
however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as
the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances; (v) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that
are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses
for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
(vi) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;
(vii) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created
in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; and (viii) any Person to the
extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration
received for an Asset Disposition as permitted pursuant to the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock."
"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person, (a) pledges or deposits
by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws
or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids,
tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to
which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory
obligations of such Person or deposits or cash or United States government
bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or
deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment
of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (b) Liens
imposed by law, including carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in
each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings; or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such
Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an
appeal or other proceedings for review; (c) Liens for taxes, assessments or
other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided
appropriate reserves have been taken on the books of the Company; (d) Liens in
favor of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the
request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its
business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute
Indebtedness; (e) encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of
others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as
to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the
business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in
the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(f) Liens securing an Interest Rate Protection Agreement so long as the
related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured
by a Lien on the same property securing the Interest Rate Protection
Agreement; and (g) leases and subleases of real property which do not
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries; (h) judgement Liens not giving rise to an Event of
Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal
proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment
shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; (i) Liens for the purpose
of securing the payment (or the refinancing of the payment) of all or a part
of any Purchase Money Indebtedness relating to assets or property acquired or
constructed in the ordinary course of business provided that (x) the aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed the
cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed and (y) such Liens
shall not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary other than such Assets or property and assets affixed or
appurtenant thereto; (j) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or
common law provision relating to banker's Liens, rights of set-off or similar
rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a
creditor expository institution; provided that (x) such deposit account is not
a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated
by the Federal Reserve Board, and (y) such deposit account is not intended by
the Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository
institution; and (k) Liens
102
<PAGE>
arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings
regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
"Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred
as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.
"Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary or combined primary
and secondary public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an
effective registration abatement under the Securities Act.
"Public Market" means any time after (x) a Public Equity Offering has been
consummated and (y) at least 20% of the total issued and outstanding common
stock of the Company has been distributed by means of an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or sales pursuant to Rule 144
under the Securities Act.
"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of a Person to any
seller or other Person incurred to finance the acquisition (including in the
case of a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease) of any real or personal
tangible property which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors, is directly related to the business of the Company or any
Subsidiary and which is incurred substantially concurrently with such
acquisition and is secured only by the assets so financed.
"Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend,
renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness. "Refinanced"
and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.
"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue
Date or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, including Indebtedness that
Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that (i) such
Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of
(x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (y) the
Stated Maturity of the Notes, (ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an
Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is
equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced
and (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or
if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is
equal to or less that the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with
original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or
committed (plus unpaid accrued interest and any premium and defeasance costs)
under the Indebtedness being Refinanced, plus actual fees and expenses
Incurred in connection with the Refinancing; provided, further, however, that
(x) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (1) Indebtedness of a
Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness
of the Company or (2) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (y) if the
Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinate or junior to the Notes, then such
Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes at least to the
same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
"Related Business" means any business related, ancillary or complementary to
the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue
Date.
"Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or
representative in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness; provided that
if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior
103
<PAGE>
Indebtedness lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such
Designated Senior Indebtedness shall at all times be the holders of a majority
in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Indebtedness in
respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Revolving Credit Facility" means the credit agreement dated February 14,
1997, as amended on May 6, 1997, by and among the Company, certain of its
subsidiaries, certain financial institutions and Fleet Capital Corporation, as
agent, providing for an aggregate $20.0 million revolving credit facility
including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and
agreements executed in connection therewith, as such credit agreement and/or
related documents may be further amended, restated, supplemented, renewed,
replaced or otherwise modified from time to time whether or not with the same
agent, trustee, representative lenders or holders, and irrespective of any
changes in the terms and conditions thereof. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the term "Revolving Credit Facility" shall include
agreements in respect of reimbursement of letters of credit issued pursuant to
the Revolving Credit Facility and agreements in respect of Hedging Obligations
with lenders party to the Revolving Credit Facility and shall also include any
amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal, extension, restructuring,
supplement or modification to any Revolving Credit Facility and all
refundings, refinancings (in whole or in part) and replacements of any
Revolving Credit Facility, including any agreement (i) extending the maturity
of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding
or deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder, so long as borrowers and
issuers include one or more of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
their respective successors and assigns.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Secured Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of any Person secured by a
Lien.
"Senior Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person (x) Bank Indebtedness
and (y) any other Indebtedness other than (1) any obligation of such Person to
any subsidiary of such Person, (2) any liability of such Person for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (3) any accounts
payable or other liability of such Person to trade creditors arising in the
ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments
evidencing such liabilities), (4) any Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of
such Person which is, expressly by its terms, subordinate or junior in any
respect to any other Indebtedness, Guarantee or obligation of such Person, (5)
that portion of any Indebtedness of such Person which at the time of issuance
is issued in violation of the Indenture or (6) Indebtedness of such Person
represented by Disqualified Capital Stock.
"Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means the Notes and any other
Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness
is to rank pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and is not
subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other
obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the final date
specified in such security as the fixed date on which all outstanding
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the
repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
"Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of
104
<PAGE>
payment to the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable,
pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.
"Subsidiary" means any corporation, association, partnership, limited
liability company or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including
partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) the
Company, (ii) the Company and one or more Subsidiaries or (iii) one or more
Subsidiaries.
"Subsidiary Guarantee" means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes.
"Subsidiary Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees
the Company's Obligations with respect to the Notes.
"Tangible Property" means all land, buildings, machinery and equipment and
leasehold interests and improvements which would be reflected on a balance
sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, excluding (i) all such tangible property located outside the
United States of America, (ii) all rights, contracts and other intangible
assets of any nature whatsoever and (iii) all inventories and other current
assets.
"Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:
(i) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of America
or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of
America or any agency thereof.
(ii) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition
thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws
of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0
million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding
debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at
least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined
in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by
a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor.
(iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above.
(iv) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days
after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an
Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United
States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment
therein is made of "P-1." (or higher) according to Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard and Poor's Ratings
Group, and
(v) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less from
the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A"
by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc.
"Trustee" means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
105
<PAGE>
"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
(S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be or shall have been designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below
and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors
may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or
newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness
of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so
designated and subject to the "Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries;" provided, however, that the Subsidiary so designated and each
of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of such designation or thereafter
Incurred any Indebtedness pursuant to which the Lender has recourse to any of
the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Board of
Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such
designation (x) if such Unrestricted Subsidiary at such time has Indebtedness,
the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a)
of the covenant described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Indebtedness" and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any
such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced by the Company
to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board
resolution giving effect to such designation and an officer's certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States
of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment
of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged
and which are not callable at the issuer's option.
"Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes of Capital Stock of such
corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of
directors.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares and shares held by
other Persons to the extent such Shares are required by applicable law to be
held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) is owned
by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
106
<PAGE>
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer
should not be considered a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax
purposes because the New Notes will not differ materially in kind or extent
from the Old Notes and because the exchange will occur by operation of the
terms of the Old Notes. Accordingly, such exchange should have no federal
income tax consequences to holders of Old Notes. A holder's adjusted tax basis
and holding period in a New Note will be the same as such holder's adjusted
tax basis and holding period in the Old Note exchanged therefor.
Holders considering an exchange of Old Notes for New Notes should consult
their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax considerations
in light of their particular situations as well as any considerations arising
under state, local, foreign and other tax laws or subsequent versions thereof.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a period of 90 days after
the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In
addition, until , 1997, all dealers effecting transactions in the New
Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from
any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any
such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it
will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly
send additional copies of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to
this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such document in the Letter
of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the
Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers
and will indemnify the holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers)
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
107
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the issuance and sale of the New Notes
will be passed upon for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
LLP, New York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP has from
time to time represented the Windward Group in certain matters unrelated to
the Offering and represented the Windward Group in connection with the
Recapitalization. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP may continue to
represent the Windward Group and the Company in the future. Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP has from time to time represented Credit Suisse
First Boston Corporation and its affiliates and may continue to do so in the
future.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of HCC Industries Inc. and its
subsidiaries for the years ended April 1, 1995, March 30, 1996 and March 29,
1997 included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been
included herein in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
independent accountants, as stated in their report included herein given on
the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
108
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Accountants......................................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996 ...... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended March 29, 1997,
March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995......................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended March
29, 1997, March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995.............................. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 29, 1997,
March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995......................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................ F-7
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 28, 1997 and
March 29, 1997........................................................... F-17
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Three
Months Ended June 28, 1997 and June 29, 1996............................. F-18
Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the Three
Months Ended June 28, 1997............................................... F-19
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended
June 28, 1997 and June 29, 1996.......................................... F-20
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements............ F-21
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves............... S-1
</TABLE>
Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors (which are all
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company) are not included
in this Prospectus because (i) the guarantee obligations of the Subsidiary
Guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several, (ii) the aggregate
assets, liabilities, earnings, and equity of the Subsidiary Guarantors are
substantially equivalent to the total assets, liabilities, earnings and equity
of HCC Industries Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and (iii)
management of the Company has determined that separate financial statements of
the Subsidiary Guarantors would not be material to investors.
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Board of Directors and Stockholders
HCC Industries Inc. and Subsidiaries
Rosemead, California
We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedule of HCC Industries Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company")
listed in the Index on page F-1 of this Registration Statement on Form S-4.
These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule
based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of HCC
Industries Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996 and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended March 29, 1997 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to
the basic financial statements as a whole, present fairly, in all material
respects, the information required to be included therein.
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Los Angeles, California
May 30, 1997, except for
Note 10, as to which date is
June 20, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH MARCH
29, 30,
1997 1996
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 6,841 $ 6,647
Restricted cash............................................. 69,282 --
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $40
(1997 and 1996)............................................ 6,904 7,755
Inventories................................................. 4,376 4,053
Prepaid and deferred income taxes........................... 533 180
Other current assets........................................ 223 123
-------- -------
Total current assets...................................... 88,159 18,758
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET.......................... 12,264 10,090
OTHER ASSETS:
Excess of purchase price over net assets acquired, net...... 4,507 4,696
Deferred financing costs, net............................... 1,827 70
Deferred income taxes....................................... 3,269 --
Restricted cash............................................. 6,039 --
Other....................................................... 76 54
-------- -------
TOTAL ASSETS................................................ $116,141 $33,668
======== =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt........................... $ 3,537 $ 1,326
Accounts payable............................................ 2,553 1,911
Accrued liabilities......................................... 5,193 3,970
Due to stockholders......................................... 69,282 --
Income taxes payable........................................ -- 1,164
-------- -------
Total current liabilities................................. 80,565 8,371
LONG TERM LIABILITIES:
Deferred income taxes....................................... -- 601
Long-term debt, net of current portion...................... 78,916 9,811
Other long-term liabilities................................. 10,000 --
-------- -------
169,481 18,783
-------- -------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
Common stock; $.10 par value; authorized 550,000 shares,
issued and outstanding 143,569 shares at March 29, 1997 and
499,866 shares at March 30, 1996........................... 14 50
Additional paid-in capital.................................. -- 1,757
Less: Note receivable from stockholder...................... -- (175)
Retained earnings (deficit)................................. (53,354) 13,253
-------- -------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)........................ (53,340) 14,885
-------- -------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)........ $116,141 $33,668
======== =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
-------------------------
MARCH MARCH APRIL
29, 30, 1,
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
NET SALES........................................... $56,683 $52,207 $40,307
Cost of goods sold.................................. 35,729 32,562 25,423
------- ------- -------
GROSS PROFIT........................................ 20,954 19,645 14,884
Selling, general and administrative expenses........ 9,308 9,107 6,274
Non-recurring expense............................... 10,000 --- ----
------- ------- -------
EARNINGS FROM OPERATIONS............................ 1,646 10,538 8,610
------- ------- -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest and other income........................... 479 279 136
Interest expense.................................... (2,946) (1,924) (1,715)
Loss on sale of building............................ --- --- (1,369)
------- ------- -------
Total other expenses, net......................... (2,467) (1,645) (2,948)
------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before taxes and extraordinary
item............................................. (821) 8,893 5,662
Taxes (benefit) on earnings (loss).................. (293) 3,230 1,810
------- ------- -------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item......... (528) 5,663 3,852
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net of
tax benefit of $657.............................. (1,186) --- ----
------- ------- -------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS)................................. $(1,714) $ 5,663 $ 3,852
======= ======= =======
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY LOSS. $ (1.46) $ 11.44 $ 7.76
Extraordinary loss per share........................ (3.29) --- ----
------- ------- -------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE....................... $ (4.75) $ 11.44 $ 7.76
------- ------- -------
Weighted average shares outstanding................. 360,585 494,968 496,166
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS'
------------- PAID-IN NOTE EARNINGS EQUITY
SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL RECEIVABLE (DEFICIT) (DEFICIT)
------ ------ ---------- ---------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, April 2, 1994.. 514 $51 $ 1,918 $-- $ 3,738 $ 5,707
Repurchase of stock... (24) (2) (360) -- -- (362)
Net earnings.......... -- -- -- -- 3,852 3,852
---- --- ------- ---- -------- --------
Balance, April 1, 1995.. 490 49 1,558 -- 7,590 9,197
Sale of stock......... 10 1 199 (175) -- 25
Net earnings.......... -- -- -- -- 5,663 5,663
---- --- ------- ---- -------- --------
Balance, March 30, 1996. 500 50 1,757 (175) 13,253 14,885
Payment of note
receivable............ -- -- -- 175 -- 175
Repurchase of stock
(June 1996)........... (206) (21) (14,489) -- -- (14,510)
Repurchase of stock
(February 1997)...... (246) (25) (28,949) -- (64,893) (93,867)
Capital contribution.. -- -- 6,000 -- -- 6,000
Sale of stock in
recapitalization...... 96 10 35,681 -- -- 35,691
Net loss.............. -- -- -- -- (1,714) (1,714)
---- --- ------- ---- -------- --------
Balance, March 29, 1997. 144 $14 $ -- $-- $(53,354) $(53,340)
==== === ======= ==== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
-----------------------------
MARCH 29, MARCH 30, APRIL 1,
1997 1996 1995
--------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings (loss)............................. $ (1,714) $ 5,663 $ 3,852
Reconciliation of net earnings to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Non-recurring expense......................... 10,000 -- --
Depreciation.................................. 1,195 934 809
Amortization.................................. 604 435 392
Deferred income taxes......................... (4,223) 181 27
Extraordinary loss............................ 1,186 -- --
Loss on sale of building...................... -- -- 1,369
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts
receivable, net.............................. 851 (2,057) (1,256)
(Increase) in inventories..................... (323) (798) (993)
(Increase) decrease in other assets........... (6,161) 23 34
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities.... 260 (259) 657
Increase in accounts payable and income taxes
payable...................................... 135 940 805
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by operating activities... 1,810 5,062 5,696
-------- ------- -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment...... (1,943) (615) (994)
Proceeds from sale of building.................. -- -- 1,050
Cash collected on note receivable............... 175 -- 80
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used) in investing ac-
tivities................................... (1,768) (615) 136
-------- ------- -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt............ (22,489) (1,449) (3,658)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt........ 90,309 -- 1,500
Deferred financing costs........................ (1,945) -- --
Repurchases of stock............................ (30,148) -- --
Restricted cash due to selling stockholders..... (69,282) -- --
Sale of stock................................... 35,691 25 (362)
Cost of recapitalization........................ (1,984) -- --
-------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used) in financing
activities................................. 152 (1,424) (2,520)
-------- ------- -------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents....... 194 3,023 3,312
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF
PERIOD......................................... 6,647 3,624 312
-------- ------- -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD...... $ 6,841 $ 6,647 $ 3,624
======== ======= =======
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Due to selling stockholders................... $ 70,245 $ -- $ --
Capital lease obligations..................... 1,426 1,417 161
Note received from sale of stock.............. -- 175 --
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
General
HCC Merger Corp. was organized in 1989 to acquire HCC Industries Inc. and
Subsidiaries ("HCC" or "Company"). HCC designs, manufactures and markets broad
lines of state-of-the-art, high precision electronic connection devices known
as hermetic seals. The Company's products are sold primarily in North America
and Europe to the aerospace, energy, test and measurement and automotive
industries.
On October 18, 1995, HCC Merger Corp. ("Merger Corp."), entered into an
agreement (as amended, the "Option Agreement") with a stockholder of Merger
Corp. (who is also a stockholder of Special Devices, Inc., the Company's
largest customer) in anticipation of a prior proposed acquisition of the
Company by a third party. In the Option Agreement, Merger Corp. was granted an
option on such stockholder's shares in Merger Corp. Such proposed transaction
was not consummated. In June 1996, Merger Corp. exercised its option and such
stockholder received $13,500,000 in consideration for his shares. Pursuant to
the Option Agreement, such stockholder (i) also received certain additional
amounts ($963,000) in connection with the consummation of the Recapitalization
described below and (ii) agreed that he would have no interest in any future
amounts actually paid to the other stockholders of the Company in connection
with any subsequent transaction, including the Recapitalization. On August 28,
1996, Merger Corp. merged into the Company (the "Merger").
On February 14, 1997, pursuant to a Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement (the
"Recapitalization Agreement") dated as of December 23, 1996, the Company,
certain members of management, Windward Capital Associates, L.P. ("Windward")
and certain affiliates of Windward (collectively, with Windward, the "Windward
Group") and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company ("MetLife") completed a
recapitalization of the Company (the "Recapitalization"). The Windward Group
is a group of related entities which make merchant banking investments
pursuant to certain program agreements. In connection with the
Recapitalization, among other things: (i) the Company entered into Credit
Facilities, consisting of: (a) a $10,000,000 five year Revolving Credit
Facility, (b) a $30,000,000 five year Tranche A Term Loan and (c) a
$30,000,000 six and one-half year Tranche B Term Loan; (ii) the Company issued
$19,300,000, net of discount, in subordinated notes to the Windward Group and
MetLife along with 8,614 shares of Common Stock and certain contingent
antidilution warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $22,500,000; (iii)
the Company purchased a portion of the shares of Common Stock (at $370.49 per
share) beneficially owned by existing stockholders for $93,500,000 in cash (a
portion of which was paid at closing and the remainder of which was deposited
in escrow at closing (reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as
restricted cash and due to stockholders) and paid to the stockholders on April
1, 1997 in order to comply with applicable state law) and $5,000,000 in
contingent subordinated notes; (iv) the Windward Group purchased 87,721 shares
of Common Stock (at $370.49 per share) from the Company for $32,500,000 in
cash; and (v) the Company repaid certain of its outstanding indebtedness. At
March 29, 1997, as a result of item (iii) above, $69,282,000 remained in an
escrow account and is reflected on the balance sheet of the Company as
restricted cash and due to stockholders. This escrow was disbursed in April
1997. In accounting for the Recapitalization, no fair value adjustments were
made to the book value of the Company's assets and no goodwill was recognized.
The contingent subordinated notes vest upon achievement by the Company of
certain operating performance thresholds or achievement by the Windward Group
of certain investment performance thresholds. At the time of vesting, the
Company will record a charge to equity to reflect the additional purchase
price associated with the shares purchased in the Recapitalization.
In addition, in connection with the Recapitalization, a $6,000,000 escrow
was established by the selling stockholders to fund certain contingencies
and/or items specifically indemnified by the selling stockholders. The escrow
account has been classified as restricted cash on the consolidated balance
sheet. Any funds remaining in this account upon satisfaction of conditions
specified in the escrow agreement, will be paid to the selling stockholders.
F-7
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--CONTINUED:
Principles Of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and all wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions
(which are primarily sales/purchases and receivables/payables) have been
eliminated in consolidation.
The Company's 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by all
operating subsidiaries of the Company (the "Subsidiary Guarantors") (See Note
10). Separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors (which are
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company) are not included
in the accompanying financial statements because (i) the guarantee obligations
of the Subsidiary Guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several,
(ii) the aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings, and equity of the Subsidiary
Guarantors are substantially equivalent to the total assets, liabilities,
earnings and equity of HCC Industries Inc. and its subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis and (iii) management of the Company has determined that
separate financial statements of the Subsidiary Guarantors would not be
material to investors.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
reported results of operations and disclosure of contingencies at the dates of
the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Accounting Period
The consolidated financial statements are based on the fiscal year ending on
the Saturday nearest to March 31.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue at the time of product shipment.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company
has bank balances, including cash and cash equivalents, which at times may
exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts Receivable And Concentration Of Credit Risk
The Company grants uncollateralized credit to its customers who are located
in various geographical areas. Estimated credit losses and returns have been
provided for in the financial statements and, to date, have been within
management's expectations. Sales to the Company's four largest customers
accounted for 43% (1997), 45% (1996) and 44% (1995) of total sales. At March
29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, the four largest customers accounted for
approximately 30% and 43% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
Prior to August 1996, a stockholder of the Company was also a stockholder of
Special Devices, Inc. ("SDI"). Sales to SDI were $15,243,000, $12,212,000 and
$11,873,000 for the years ended March 29, 1997, March 30, 1996 and April 1,
1995, respectively. Accounts receivable from SDI as of March 29, 1997 and
March 30, 1996 was $1,392,000 and $1,668,000, respectively. In fiscal 1997,
the stockholder sold his outstanding shares back to the Company.
F-8
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--CONTINUED:
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed
by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective
assets of 3 years to 40 years.
Repairs and maintenance are charged directly to expense as incurred.
Additions and betterments to property, plant and equipment are capitalized.
When assets are disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation
thereon are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is
included in operations.
Excess of Purchase Price over Net Assets Acquired
The excess of purchase price over net assets acquired is amortized on a
straight-line basis over 40 years. Amortization expense was $189,000 for each
of the three years in the period ended March 29, 1997. Accumulated
amortization on the excess purchase price over net assets acquired was
$1,694,000 and $1,505,000 as of March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996,
respectively.
Long-Lived Assets
In March 1995, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
to be Disposed of," was issued. SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets
and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used or disposed of by an
entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No.
121 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The
impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 121 was not material to the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when
necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the
period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Stock Based Employee Compensation Awards
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for the
Awards of Stock-Based Compensation to Employees" ("SFAS No. 123") encourages,
but does not require companies to record compensation cost for stock-based
compensation plans at fair value. The Company has adopted the disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123, which involves proforma disclosure of net income
under SFAS No. 123, detailed descriptions of plan terms and assumptions used
in valuing stock option grants. The Company has chosen to continue to account
for stock-based employee compensation awards in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees".
F-9
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--CONTINUED:
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Earnings (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number
of common and common equivalents shares outstanding during the periods
presented, using the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents related
to stock options are excluded from the computation when their effect is
antidilutive.
In February, 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS No.
128"). SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of newly defined basic and
diluted earnings per share on the face of the income statement for all
entities with complex capital structures. This method is considered more
compatible with International Accounting Standards. SFAS No. 128 is effective
for all fiscal years ending after December 15, 1997. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 128.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to previously reported amounts to
conform with the current year presentation.
2. INVENTORIES:
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH MARCH
29, 30,
1997 1996
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and component parts......................... $ 1,910 $ 1,948
Work in process........................................... 2,466 2,105
-------- -------
$ 4,376 $ 4,053
======== =======
3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
MARCH MARCH
29, 30,
1997 1996
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Land...................................................... $ 3,180 $ 3,180
Buildings and improvements................................ 5,450 5,018
Furniture, fixtures and equipment......................... 9,350 6,413
-------- -------
17,980 14,611
Less accumulated depreciation............................. (5,716) (4,521)
-------- -------
$ 12,264 $10,090
======== =======
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 29, MARCH 30,
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Tranche A Term Loan--bearing interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 1 1/4% payable monthly in arrears;
principal payments of $500,000 payable quarterly
through June 1998; $1,000,000 payable quarterly
through March 1999; $2,000,000 payable quarterly
thereafter with balance due February 14, 2002......... $30,000 $ --
Tranche B Term Loan--bearing interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 1 3/4% payable monthly in arrears;
principal payments of $75,000 payable quarterly
through March 2002; $3,500,000 payable quarterly
through March 2003; $7,500,000 payable June 2003 and
balance due August 14, 2003........................... 30,000 --
12% subordinated notes--interest payable semi--
annually; face value of $22,500,000 due April 15,
2004, recorded at present value discounted to an
effective interest rate of 15.38%..................... 19,352 --
12 1/2% convertible subordinated debentures--interest
payable semi-annually; sinking fund payments of
$750,000 annually with remaining balance due November
15, 2000.............................................. -- 5,497
7 1/4% subordinated debentures--interest payable semi-
annually; face value of $5,320,000 due April 15, 2001,
recorded at present value discounted to an effective
interest rate of 19.12%............................... -- 3,293
Term loan on land, building and improvements payable in
monthly installments of $9,000 plus interest at the
bank's prime rate plus 1 1/2% with balance due August
1997.................................................. 596 706
Other.................................................. 2,505 1,641
------- ------
82,453 11,137
Less current portion................................... 3,537 1,326
------- ------
$78,916 $9,811
======= ======
</TABLE>
At March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996, the prime rate was 8.50% and 8.25%,
respectively.
The 12 1/2% and 7 1/4% debentures were redeemed on February 14, 1997. As a
result, the Company recognized an extraordinary loss ($1,186,000 net of tax
benefit) on unamortized discount and issuance costs.
In issuing the Tranche A Term Loan, the Tranche B Term Loan and the 12%
subordinated notes, the Company incurred $1,945,000 in deferred financing
costs. These costs will be amortized using the straight-line method which
approximates the effective interest method over the term of the respective
debt. For the year ended March 29, 1997, the Company incurred amortization
expense of $118,000 on the deferred financing costs. See Note 11 for a
description of a subsequent transaction to refinance this debt.
In accordance with SFAS No. 107 "Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial
Instruments," the fair values of the Company's long-term debt has been
established based on current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same
remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of the Company's loans approximate
their fair values.
F-11
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT--CONTINUED:
Minimum payments due under long-term debt as of March 29, 1997 are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL
------
<S> <C>
1998................................. $ 3,537
1999................................. 4,918
2000................................. 8,868
2001................................. 8,764
2002................................. 8,514
2003 and thereafter.................. 47,852
-------
$82,453
=======
</TABLE>
Cash payments for interest were $2,241,000 (1997), $1,379,000 (1996) and
$1,419,000 (1995).
5. LINES OF CREDIT:
The Company has a revolving credit facility agreement (the "Agreement") of
$10,000,000 expiring on February 14, 2002. The Agreement provides for interest
on outstanding balances at the bank's prime rate plus 1 1/4%. Under the
Agreement, any amounts outstanding under the line of credit are collateralized
by accounts receivable and inventories of the Company. The Agreement includes
covenants requiring maintenance of certain financial ratios. At March 29, 1997
there were no borrowings outstanding under the Agreement.
The Company has a capital lease line of credit of $3,417,000 for financing
manufacturing equipment expiring March 31, 1997. The agreement provides for
thirty-six (36) or sixty (60) month terms with interest at 2.00% above the
bank's index rate. The bank's index rate is the U.S. Treasury Note bond-
equivalent yield per annum corresponding to the average life of the lease. At
March 29, 1997 and March 30, 1996 there were $2,335,000 and $1,417,000 in
borrowings outstanding under the capital lease line, respectively.
6. TAXES ON EARNINGS:
The components of income tax (benefit) expense consist of the following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal.............................................. $2,484 $2,403 $1,426
State................................................ 488 646 357
------ ------ ------
2,972 3,049 1,783
------ ------ ------
Deferred:
Federal.............................................. (3,334) 147 25
State................................................ (588) 34 2
------ ------ ------
(3,922) 181 27
------ ------ ------
$ (950) $3,230 $1,810
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
6. TAXES ON EARNINGS--CONTINUED:
The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income
tax rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------ ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax provision at the statutory rate.................... (34.0%) 34.0% 34.0%
Nondeductible expenses................................. 2.7% 0.8% 3.6%
State taxes, net of federal benefit.................... (1.9%) 5.0% 1.8%
Other.................................................. (2.5%) (3.5%) (7.4%)
------ ----- -----
(35.7%) 36.3% 32.0%
====== ===== =====
</TABLE>
The components of the net deferred taxes are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 29, MARCH 30,
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
Environmental liabilities................................ $4,000 $ --
Accrued vacation and other............................... 215 214
------ -----
4,215 214
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Depreciation............................................. (730) (635)
------ -----
Deferred Tax Asset (Liability), net...................... $3,485 $(421)
====== =====
</TABLE>
Cash tax payments were $4,454,000 (1997), $2,079,000 (1996) and $1,673,000
(1995).
7. CAPITAL STOCK:
The Company is authorized to issue an aggregrate of 550,000 shares of common
stock. Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company had only one class of common
stock. Subsequent to the Recapitalization, common stock may be issued in four
different classes, which differ only in voting rights per share as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VOTING RIGHTS
CLASS PER SHARE
----- -------------
<S> <C>
A........................... 1
B........................... 1
C..........................None.
D...........................10
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. CAPITAL STOCK--CONTINUED
The changes in each class of common shares for each of the three years in
the period ended March 29, 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS OF COMMON STOCK
-----------------------------------------------------
A B C D TOTAL
------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
PAR PAR PAR PAR PAR
SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE
------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance--April 2, 1994.. 514 $ 51 514 $ 51
Repurchase of Stock.... (24) (2) (24) (2)
----- ---- ---- ----
Balance--April 1, 1995.. 490 49 490 49
Sale of Stock.......... 10 1 10 1
----- ---- ---- ----
Balance--March 30, 1996 500 50 500 50
Repurchase of Stock
(June 1996)........... (206) (21) (206) (21)
Repurchase of Stock
(February 1997)....... (246) (25) (246) (25)
Sale of Stock.......... 63 6 28 $ 3 4 $ 1 1 $-- 96 10
----- ---- --- --- --- --- --- ---- ---- ----
Balance--March 29, 1997 111 $ 10 28 $ 3 4 $ 1 1 $-- 144 $ 14
===== ==== === === === === === ==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
In February 1997, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the "Option
Plan") which provides for the grant to employees, from time to time, of non-
qualified stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 22,887 shares of
common stock at exercise prices to be determined by the Board of Directors.
The Option Plan provides for the grant of management options to purchase 6,393
shares of common stock (the "Management Options"), management performance
options to purchase 14,206 shares of common stock (the "Management Performance
Options"), director options to purchase 710 shares of common stock (the
"Director Options") and director performance options to purchase 1,578 shares
of common stock (the "Director Performance Options"). The Management Options
and Director Options are subject to a vesting schedule that generally provides
for each series of options to vest 20% per year over five years if the Company
attains specified annual or cumulative earnings targets as defined in the
Option Plan. The Management Performance Options and Director Performance
Options are subject to a vesting schedule based on a change in control in
which the Windward Group realizes specified annual rates of return on its
equity investment in the Company as defined in the Option Plan. All options
are exercisable over a period of 10 years and will automatically vest on the
seventh anniversary of the date of grant, regardless of whether the
performance criteria are achieved.
During the year ended March 29, 1997, the Company granted options to
purchase 18,160 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the
fair value of common stock as determined by the Board of Directors at the date
of grant ($370.49 per share). No options were exercisable at March 29, 1997
and options to purchase 4,727 shares of common stock remained available for
grant.
The Company has adopted the disclosure only provisions of SFAS No. 123. For
the year ended March 29, 1997, due to the limited time period for which stock
options were outstanding, there was no significant difference between the
Company's net loss or net loss per share and pro forma amounts calculated in
accordance with Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation".
The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant to
be $99 using the minimum value method with the following assumptions (i) risk-
free interest rate of 6.25%, (ii) expected option life of 5 years, (iii)
forfeiture rate of 0 and (iv) no expected dividends.
F-14
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
In 1993, the Company adopted the HCC Savings and Investment Plan (the
"Plan") which covers all eligible full-time employees. The Company established
the Plan to meet the requirements of a qualified retirement plan pursuant to
the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan
provides participants the opportunity to make tax deferred contributions to a
retirement trust account in amounts up to 15% of their gross wages. The
Company has elected to make matching contributions in amounts that may change
from year to year. The Company contributed $480,000 (1997), $323,000 (1996)
and $318,000 (1995) in matching contributions to the Plan.
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Environmental
As an ongoing facet of the Company's business, it is required to maintain
compliance with various environmental regulations. The cost of this compliance
is included in the Company's operating results as incurred. These ongoing
costs include permitting fees and expenses and specialized effluent control
systems as well as monitoring and site assessment costs required by various
governmental agencies. In the opinion of management, the maintenance of this
compliance will not have a significant effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.
In August 1994, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") identified
the Company as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") in the El Monte
Operable Unit ("EMOU") of the San Gabriel Valley Superfund Sites. In early
1995, the Company and the EPA executed an Administrative Consent Order which
requires the Company and other PRP's to perform a Remedial Investigation and
Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the EMOU. In addition, the Company's facility
in Avon, Massachusetts is subject to Massachusetts "Chapter 21E", the State's
hazardous site clean-up program. Uncertainty as to (a) the extent to which the
Company caused, if at all, the conditions being investigated, (b) the extent
of environmental contamination and risks, (c) the applicability of changing
and complex environmental laws, (d) the stage of the investigation and/or
remediation, (e) the unpredictability of investigation and/or remediation
costs (including as to when they will be incurred), (f) applicable clean-up
standards, (g) the remediation (if any) that will ultimately be required, and
(h) available technology make it difficult to assess the likelihood and scope
of further investigation or remediation activities or to estimate the future
costs of such activities if undertaken. In addition, liability under CERCLA is
joint and several, and any potential inability of other PRPs to pay their pro
rata share of the environmental remediation costs may result in the Company
being required to bear costs in excess of its pro rata share.
In fiscal 1997, the Company with the help of independent consultants,
determined a range of estimated costs of $9,000,000 to $11,000,000 associated
with the various claims and assertions it faces. The time frame over which the
Company expects to incur such costs varies with each site, ranging up to 20
years as of March 29, 1997. These estimates are based partly on progress made
in determining the magnitude of such costs, experience gained from sites on
which remediation is ongoing or has been completed, and the timing and extent
of remedial actions required by the applicable governmental authorities. As a
result, the Company has accrued $10,000,000 for estimated environmental
remediation as of March 29, 1997, which the Company believes to be the best
estimate of the liability.
In conjunction with the Recapitalization, an escrow of $6,000,000 was
established to secure certain indemnification obligations (including
environmental matters) of the Selling Group to the Company. Any environmental
costs, net of tax benefit, are expected to be funded from the escrow account.
Actual expenses for environmental remediation for each of the three years in
the period ended March 29, 1997 were $297,000 (1997), $730,000 (1996) and
$169,000 (1995).
F-15
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--CONTINUED
Claims for recovery of costs already incurred and future costs have been
asserted against various insurance companies. The Company has neither recorded
any asset nor reduced any liability in anticipation of recovery with respect
to such claims made.
The Company believes its reserves are adequate, but as the scope of its
obligations becomes more clearly defined, this reserve may be modified and
related charges against earnings may be made.
Leases
The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating lease
agreements expiring through 2002. The leases are subject to increases from
time to time primarily based on CPI adjustments. The lease terms vary from 4
to 7 years and include options to extend the leases for additional terms.
At March 29, 1997, the minimum lease payments due over the remaining life of
the facility leases consisted of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED MARCH AMOUNT
---------------- ------
<S> <C>
1998........................................................... $159
1999........................................................... 159
2000........................................................... 163
2001........................................................... 136
2002........................................................... 34
</TABLE>
Rent expense under operating leases was $165,000 (1997), $77,000 (1996) and
$12,000 (1995).
Other
In addition to the above, the Company is involved in other claims and
litigation arising in the normal course of business. Based on the advice of
counsel and in the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these
matters will not have a significant effect on the financial position or the
results of operations of the Company.
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
In May 1997, the Company issued $90,000,000 of senior subordinated notes due
in May 2007. Interest is payable semi-annually at 10.75% per annum. Proceeds
from the offering were used to (i) retire the Tranche A Term Loan, the Tranche
B Term Loan and the 12% subordinated notes and accompanying equity, and (ii)
provide approximately $3,800,000 (net of offering expenses) for additional
working capital needs of the Company. As a result of this refinancing, the
Company will record an extraordinary loss of approximately $1,100,000, net of
taxes, in the first quarter of fiscal 1998. Concurrent with the offering, the
Company's bank increased the revolving credit facility to an aggregate of
$20,000,000.
On June 20, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and
assumed certain liabilities of Connector Industries of America, a glass-to-
metal sealing company. The purchase price included $2,100,000 in cash and a
contingent payment of $400,000 based upon the volume of business retained in
the immediately subsequent 18 month period. In its last fiscal year of
operations, the acquired company generated sales of approximately $3,200,000.
The transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase. In conjunction with
the acquisition, the Company assigned $1,372,000 to intangibles which will be
amortized over a 14 year period on a straight line basis. If the contingent
payment becomes payable, such amount will be recorded as additional purchase
price consideration and added to intangibles. Pro forma results of operations
are not provided as the impact on Company operations is not material.
F-16
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS--UNAUDITED
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE MARCH
28, 29,
1997 1997
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents................................... $ 8,780 $ 6,841
Restricted cash............................................. -- 69,282
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $49
at June 28, 1997 and $40 at March 29, 1997................. 8,917 6,904
Inventories................................................. 4,482 4,376
Prepaid and deferred income taxes........................... 970 756
------- --------
Total current assets...................................... 23,149 88,159
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET.......................... 12,961 12,264
OTHER ASSETS:
Intangible assets........................................... 5,832 4,507
Deferred financing costs, net............................... 3,643 1,903
Deferred income taxes....................................... 3,269 3,269
Restricted cash............................................. 6,079 6,039
------- --------
TOTAL ASSETS................................................ $54,933 $116,141
======= ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of long-term debt........................... $ 1,215 $ 3,537
Accounts payable............................................ 2,604 2,553
Accrued liabilities......................................... 6,604 5,193
Due to stockholders......................................... -- 69,282
------- --------
Total current liabilities................................. 10,423 80,565
LONG TERM LIABILITIES:
Long-term debt, net of current portion...................... 91,697 78,916
Other long-term liabilities................................. 9,940 10,000
------- --------
112,060 169,481
------- --------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT):
Common stock; $.10 par value: authorized 550,000 shares,
issued and outstanding 134,955 shares at June 28, 1997 and
143,569 shares at March 29, 1997........................... 13 14
Accumulated deficit......................................... (57,140) (53,354)
------- --------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT................................. (57,127) (53,340)
------- --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT................. $54,933 $116,141
======= ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS--UNAUDITED
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED
----------------
JUNE JUNE
28, 29,
1997 1996
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
NET SALES.................................................... $15,505 $14,747
Cost of goods sold........................................... 9,319 9,222
------- -------
GROSS PROFIT................................................. 6,186 5,525
Selling, general and administrative expenses................. 2,129 2,234
------- -------
EARNINGS FROM OPERATIONS..................................... 4,057 3,291
------- -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest and other income................................... 100 108
Interest expense............................................ (2,605) (387)
------- -------
Total other expenses, net.................................. (2,505) (279)
------- -------
EARNINGS BEFORE TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM................. 1,552 3,012
Taxes on earnings............................................ 609 1,174
------- -------
Earnings before extraordinary item........................... 943 1,838
Extraordinary loss on retirement of debt, net of tax benefit
of $640..................................................... (1,002) --
------- -------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS).......................................... $ (59) $ 1,838
======= =======
EARNINGS PER SHARE BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY LOSS................. $ 6.84 $ 3.68
Extraordinary loss per share................................. (7.27) --
------- -------
NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE................................ $ (.43) $ 3.68
======= =======
Weighted average shares outstanding.......................... 137,826 499,866
======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT--UNAUDITED
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 28, 1997
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK TOTAL
------------- ACCUMULATED STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT DEFICIT DEFICIT
------ ------ ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE, MARCH 29, 1997................. 144 $14 $(53,354) $(53,340)
Repurchase of stock................... (9) (1) (3,727) (3,728)
Net loss.............................. -- -- (59) (59)
--- --- -------- --------
BALANCE, JUNE 28, 1997.................. 135 $13 $(57,140) $(57,127)
=== === ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS--UNAUDITED
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
---------------------
JUNE 28, JUNE 29,
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings (loss).................................... $ (59) $ 1,838
Reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to net cash pro-
vided by operating activities:
Depreciation......................................... 330 259
Amortization......................................... 245 112
Deferred income taxes................................ (285) --
Extraordinary loss................................... 1,002 --
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in trade accounts receivable,
net............................................... (1,634) 323
Decrease (increase) in inventories................. 153 (309)
(Increase) in other assets......................... (211) (159)
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities......... 1,351 (310)
Increase in accounts payable and income taxes pay-
able.............................................. 866 829
--------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.......... 1,758 2,583
--------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Business acquisition................................. (2,200) --
Purchases of property, plant and equipment........... (694) (297)
--------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities.............. (2,894) (297)
--------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Principal payments on long-term debt................. (79,497) (153)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt............. 90,000 --
Deferred financing costs............................. (3,700) --
Repurchase of stock.................................. (3,728) --
--------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activi-
ties.............................................. 3,075 (153)
--------- --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.............. 1,939 2,133
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period....... 6,841 6,647
--------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD............. $ 8,780 $ 8,780
========= ========
SUPPLEMENTAL NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Capital lease obligations............................ $ -- $ 465
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
financial statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
1. INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of
HCC Industries Inc., a Delaware corporation, include all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring entries) which management believes are
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of
operations for the periods presented. Certain information and footnote
disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted.
The year end condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial
statements, but does not include all disclosures required by generally
accepted accounting principles. It is suggested that the accompanying
financial statements be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
financial statements and footnotes as of and for the year ended March 29,
1997. Operating results for the three month period ended June 28, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full fiscal year.
2. INVENTORIES:
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE
28, MARCH 29,
1997 1997
------ ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and component parts........................... $1,889 $ 1,910
Work in process............................................. 2,593 2,466
------ -------
$4,482 $ 4,376
====== =======
</TABLE>
3. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE
28, MARCH 29,
1997 1997
------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Land...................................................... $ 3,180 $ 3,180
Buildings and improvements................................ 5,450 5,450
Furniture, fixtures and equipment......................... 10,377 9,350
------- -------
19,007 17,980
Less accumulated depreciation............................. (6,046) (5,716)
------- -------
$12,961 $12,264
======= =======
</TABLE>
4. BUSINESS ACQUISITION:
On June 20, 1997, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and
assumed certain liabilities of Connector Industries of America, a glass-to-
metal sealing company. The purchase price included $2,100,000 in cash and a
contingent payment of $400,000 based upon the volume of business retained in
the immediately subsequent 18 month period. In its last fiscal year of
operations, the acquired company generated sales of approximately $3,200,000.
The transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase. In conjunction with
the acquisition, the Company assigned $1,372,000 to intangibles which will be
amortized over a 14 year period on a straight line basis. If the contingent
payment becomes payable, such amount will be recorded as additional purchase
price consideration and added to intangibles. Pro forma results of operations
are not provided as the impact on Company operations is not material.
F-21
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)
5. LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 28, MARCH 29,
1997 1997
-------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
10 3/4% senior subordinated notes--interest payable
semi-annually due May 15, 2007......................... $ 90,000 $ --
Tranche A Term Loan..................................... -- 30,000
Tranche B Term Loan..................................... -- 30,000
12% subordinated notes.................................. -- 19,352
Term loan on land, building and improvements due August
1997.................................................... 578 596
Other................................................... 2,334 2,505
-------- -------
92,912 82,453
Less current portion.................................... 1,215 3,537
-------- -------
$ 91,697 $78,916
======== =======
</TABLE>
In May 1997, the Company issued $90,000,000 of senior subordinated notes due
in May 2007. Interest is payable semi-annually at 10.75% per annum. Proceeds
from the offering were used to (i) retire the Tranche A Term Loan, the Tranche
B Term Loan and the 12% subordinated notes, and (ii) provide approximately
$3,800,000 (net of offering expenses) for additional working capital needs of
the Company. As a result of this refinancing, the Company recorded an
extraordinary loss of $1,002,000, net of taxes, in the first quarter of fiscal
1998. Concurrent with the offering, the Company's bank increased the revolving
credit facility to an aggregate of $20,000,000.
6. CAPITAL STOCK:
The Company is authorized to issue an aggregate of 550,000 shares of common
stock. Prior to the Recapitalization, the Company had only one class of common
stock. Subsequent to the Recapitalization, common stock may be issued in four
different classes, which differ only in voting rights per share as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VOTING RIGHTS
CLASS PER SHARE
----- -------------
<S> <C>
A........................... 1
B........................... 1
C..........................None.
D...........................10
</TABLE>
The changes in each class of common shares for the quarter ended June 28,
1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS OF COMMON STOCK
----------------------------------------------------------------
A B C D TOTAL
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
PAR PAR PAR PAR PAR
SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE
------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ ----- ------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance--March 29, 1997. 111 $10 28 $ 3 4 $ 1 1 $-- 144 $14
Repurchase of Stock..... (8) (1) (1) -- -- -- -- -- (9) (1)
--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---- --- ---
Balance--June 28, 1997.. 103 $ 9 27 $ 3 4 $ 1 1 $-- 135 $13
=== === === === === === === ==== === ===
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)
6. CAPITAL STOCK--CONTINUED:
Concurrent with the $90,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Notes issued in May
1997, the Company repurchased 7,921 shares of Class A and 783 shares of Class
B common stock. The remaining 406,431 shares are undesignated as to class.
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
Environmental
As an ongoing facet of the Company's business, it is required to maintain
compliance with various environmental regulations. The cost of this compliance
is included in the Company's operating results as incurred. These ongoing
costs include permitting fees and expenses and specialized effluent control
systems as well as monitoring and site assessment costs required by various
governmental agencies. In the opinion of management, the maintenance of this
compliance will not have a significant effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.
In August 1994, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") identified
the Company as a potentially responsible party ("PRP") in the El Monte
Operable Unit ("EMOU") of the San Gabriel Valley Superfund Sites. In early
1995, the Company and the EPA executed an Administrative Consent Order which
requires the Company and other PRP's to perform a Remedial Investigation and
Feasibility Study ("RI/FS") for the EMOU. In addition, the Company's facility
in Avon, Massachusetts is subject to Massachusetts "Chapter 21E", the State's
hazardous site clean-up program. Uncertainty as to (a) the extent to which the
Company caused, if at all, the conditions being investigated, (b) the extent
of environmental contamination and risks, (c) the applicability of changing
and complex environmental laws, (d) the stage of the investigation and/or
remediation, (e) the unpredictability of investigation and/or remediation
costs (including as to when they will be incurred), (f) applicable clean-up
standards, (g) the remediation (if any) that will ultimately be required, and
(h) available technology make it difficult to assess the likelihood and scope
of further investigation or remediation activities or to estimate the future
costs of such activities if undertaken. In addition, liability under CERCLA is
joint and several, and any potential inability of other PRPs to pay their pro
rata share of the environmental remediation costs may result in the Company
being required to bear costs in excess of its pro rata share.
In fiscal 1997, the Company with the help of independent consultants,
determined a range of estimated costs of $9,000,000 to $11,000,000 associated
with the various claims and assertions it faces. The time frame over which the
Company expects to incur such costs varies with each site, ranging up to 20
years as of March 29, 1997. These estimates are based partly on progress made
in determining the magnitude of such costs, experience gained from sites on
which remediation is ongoing or has been completed, and the timing and extent
of remedial actions required by the applicable governmental authorities. As a
result, the Company has accrued $10,000,000 for existing estimated
environmental remediation as of March 29, 1997, which the Company believes to
be the best estimate of the liability.
In conjunction with the Recapitalization, an escrow of $6,000,000 was
established to secure certain indemnification obligations (including
environmental matters) of the Selling Group to the Company. Any environmental
costs, net of tax benefit, are expected to be funded from the escrow account.
Actual expenses for environmental remediation for each of the three years in
the period ended March 29, 1997 were $297,000 (1997), $730,000 (1996) and
$169,000 (1995). No environmental expense has been recorded by the Company
during the three months ended June 28, 1997.
F-23
<PAGE>
HCC INDUSTRIES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(UNAUDITED)
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES--CONTINUED
Claims for recovery of costs already incurred and future costs have been
asserted against various insurance companies. The Company has neither recorded
any asset nor reduced any liability in anticipation of recovery with respect
to such claims made.
The Company believes its reserves are adequate, but as the scope of its
obligations becomes more clearly defined, this reserve may be modified and
related charges against earnings may be made.
Other
In addition to the above, the Company is involved in other claims and
litigation arising in the normal course of business. Based on the advice of
counsel and in the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these
matters will not have a significant effect on the financial position or the
results of operations of the Company.
8. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income". The standard establishes guidelines for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in financial
statements. Disclosure of comprehensive income and its components will be
required beginning with the Company's fiscal year ending 1999.
Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information". The standard requires that
companies disclose "operating segments" based on the way management
disaggregates the company for making internal operating decisions. The new
rules will be effective for the Company's 1999 fiscal year end. The Company
has not evaluated the impact, if any, of the new standard.
F-24
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,
IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON
AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY GUARANTOR OR ANY INITIAL PUR-
CHASER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UN-
DER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.
------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C> <C>
Available Information................................................. 2
Disclosure Regarding Forward Looking Statements....................... 2
Prospectus Summary.................................................... 3
Risk Factors.......................................................... 14
The Recapitalization.................................................. 21
Recent Developments................................................... 22
Use of Proceeds....................................................... 23
Capitalization........................................................ 24
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information................ 25
Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Information................ 29
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations................................................ 31
The Exchange Offer.................................................... 37
Business.............................................................. 44
Management............................................................ 55
Securities Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management...... 61
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........................ 63
Description of Certain Indebtedness................................... 65
Description of the Notes.............................................. 67
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations........................ 102
Plan of Distribution.................................................. 102
Legal Matters......................................................... 103
Experts............................................................... 103
Index to Financial Statements......................................... F-1
</TABLE>
Until 1997 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the New Notes, whether or not participating in the
Exchange Offer, may be required to deliver a Prospectus.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[LOGO OF HCC INDUSTRIES]
$90,000,000
10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes Due 2007
----------------
PROSPECTUS
----------------
, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Delaware Corporation Law") empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any
persons who are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened,
pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the
right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was
an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding,
provided that such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best
interests, and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and
directors against expenses (including attorneys' fees) in an action by or in
the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no
indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or
director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses
which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
Article V of the By-laws of the Registrant, a copy of which is filed as
Exhibit 3.2 to this Registration Statement, allows the Registrant to maintain
director and officer liability insurance on behalf of any person who is or was
a director or officer of the Registrant or such person who serves or served as
director, officer, employee or agent, of another corporation, partnership or
other enterprise at the request of the Registrant. Article V of the
Registrant's By-laws provides for indemnification of the officers and
directors of the Registrant to the fullest extend permitted by applicable law.
Pursuant to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware Corporation Law, Article Sixth
of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, a copy of which is
filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Registration Statement, provides that no director
of the Registrant shall be personally liable to the Registrant or its
shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of his fiduciary duty as a
director; provided, however, that such clause shall not apply to any liability
of a director (1) for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the
Registrant or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (3)
pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware Corporation Law, or (4) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits:
EXHIBIT
NO.
DESCRIPTION
2. PLAN OF ACQUISITION, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, LIQUIDATION OR
SUCCESSION.
2.1First Amendment and Restatement of the Stock Purchase and Sale
Agreement,dated as of December 23, 1996, by and among the Company, the
Windward Group,MetLife and the Sellers named therein.
2.2Subordinated Note Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and
among theCompany, Windward/Merchant L.P., Windward/Merban L.P. and
MetLife.
2.3Escrow Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,Windward Capital Associates L.P., the Sellers named therein and
U.S. Trust Companyof California, N.A., as escrow agent.
II-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
NO.
3.CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS.
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
*3.3
Certificate of Incorporation of Hermetic Seal Corporation.
*3.4
By-Laws of Hermetic Seal Corporation.
*3.5
Certificate of Incorporation of Glasseal Products, Inc.
*3.6
By-Laws of Glasseal Products, Inc.
*3.7
Certificate of Incorporation of Sealtron, Inc.
*3.8
By-Laws of Sealtron, Inc.
*3.9
Certificate of Incorporation of Sealtron Acquisition Corp.
*3.10
By-Laws of Sealtron Acquisition Corp.
*3.11
Articles of Incorporation of HCC Industries International.
*3.12
By-Laws of HCC Industries International.
4.INSTRUMENTS DEFINING THE RIGHT OF SECURITY HOLDERS, INCLUDING
INDENTURES.
4.1
Indenture, dated as of May 6, 1997, among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
Trustee, relating to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007 and the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due
2007.
4.2
Form of 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007 (included
in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 1997, among the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation and Furman Selz LLC, as Initial Purchasers.
5.OPINIONS.
**5.1
Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to
the Company.
9.VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT.
9.1
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,the Windward Group and the Stockholders named therein.
10.MATERIAL CONTRACTS.
10.1
Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,Fleet Capital Corporation, as Agent, and the Lender Parties
thereto.
10.2
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 6, 1997, by
and amongthe Company, Fleet Capital Corporation, as Agent, and the
Lender Parties thereto.
10.3
HCC Industries, Inc. Stock Option Plan, dated February 14, 1997.
10.4
Form of Stock Option Agreement (included in Exhibit 10.3).
10.5
Contingent Bonus Plan of HCC Industries Inc., dated as of February 14,
1997.
10.6
Form of Contingent Bonus Plan Award Agreement (included in Exhibit
10.5).
10.7
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Company and Andrew Goldfarb.
II-2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
NO.
10.8
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Companyand Christopher Bateman.
10.9
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Companyand Richard Ferraid.
10.10
Financial Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997,
by and betweenWindward Capital Partners, L.P. and the Company.
10.11
Letter Agreement, dated February 14, 1997, from the Company to Windward
CapitalPartners L.P., relating to fees.
10.12
Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 1997, by and among the Company, the
SubsidiaryGuarantors and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and
Furman Selz LLC, asInitial Purchasers.
12.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES.
*12.1
Statement regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to fixed
charges for the Company.
21.
SUBSIDIARIES.
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.
CONSENTS.
*23.1
Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
**23.2
Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel
to the Company (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.
POWERS OF ATTORNEY.
24.1
Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
25.
FORM T-1.
25.1
Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture
relating to the Company's 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange
Notes due 2007.
27.
FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE.
27.1
Financial Data Schedule for the Fiscal year ended March 29, 1997.
*27.2
Financial Data Schedule for the Quarter ended June 28, 1997.
*19.
MISCELLANEOUS.
*99.1
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
*99.2
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
*99.3
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
and Other Nominees.
*99.4
Form of Letter to Clients.
- --------
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by Amendment.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.
II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated
maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in
the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
any material change to such information in the registration statement;
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb
By: _____________________________
Andrew Goldfarb
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Chairman, President and Chief September 8, 1997
____________________________________ Executive Officer
Andrew Goldfarb (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman Director, Vice President and September 8, 1997
____________________________________ Chief Financial Officer
Christopher H. Bateman (Principal Financial Officer)
(Principal Accounting
Officer)
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
Richard Ferraid
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
Robert H. Barton, III
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
Gary L. Swenson
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
Noel E. Urban
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
Thomas J. Sikorski
* Director September 8, 1997
____________________________________
John M. Leonis
</TABLE>
*By: /s/ Christopher H. Bateman
__________________________
Christopher H. Bateman
Attorney-in-fact
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
HERMETIC SEAL CORPORATION
By: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
----------------------------------
Andrew Goldfarb
President and Chief Executive
Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Director, President and Chief September 8, 1997
____________________________________ Executive Officer
Andrew Goldfarb (Principal Executive
Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman Director, Vice President, September 8, 1997
____________________________________ Treasurer and Secretary
Christopher H. Bateman (Principal Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting
Officer)
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
GLASSEAL PRODUCTS, INC.
By: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
_______________________________
Andrew Goldfarb
Chairman, and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Chairman and Chief Executive September 8, 1997
___________________________________ Officer (Principal Executive
Andrew Goldfarb Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman Director, Treasurer and Secretary September 8, 1997
___________________________________ (Principal Financial Officer and
Christopher H. Bateman Principal Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
SEALTRON, INC
By: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
_______________________________
Andrew Goldfarb
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Chairman, President and September 8th, 1997
___________________________________ Chief Executive Officer
Andrew Goldfarb (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman
___________________________________ Director, Vice President and September 8th, 1997
Christopher H. Bateman Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
II-8
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP.
By: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
_______________________________
Andrew Goldfarb
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Chairman, President and Chief September 8th, 1997
___________________________________ Executive Officer (Principal
Andrew Goldfarb Executive Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman
___________________________________ Director, Vice President, September 8th, 1997
Christopher H. Bateman Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary (Principal Financial
Officer Principal Accounting
Officer)
</TABLE>
II-9
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in
the City of New York, State of New York, on the 8th day of September, 1997.
HCC INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL
By: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
_______________________________
Andrew Goldfarb
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
--------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Andrew Goldfarb Chairman, President and Chief September 8, 1997
___________________________________ Executive Officer (Principal
Andrew Goldfarb Executive Officer)
/s/ Christopher H. Bateman
___________________________________ Director, Vice President, September 8, 1997
Christopher H. Bateman Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)
</TABLE>
II-10
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
---------------------
BALANCE CHARGED DEDUCTIONS--
AT TO COSTS UNCOLLECTIBLE BALANCE
BEGINNING AND FROM ACCOUNTS AT END
OF YEAR EXPENSES ACQUISITIONS WRITES OFF OF YEAR
--------- -------- ------------ ------------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $40.0 $ 4.2 $-- $ 4.2 $40.0
===== ===== ==== ===== =====
1996
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $65.0 $36.0 $-- $61.0 $40.0
===== ===== ==== ===== =====
1995
Allowance for doubtful
accounts............... $70.0 $ -- $-- $ 5.0 $65.0
===== ===== ==== ===== =====
</TABLE>
S-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION PAGENO.
NO.
2.
PLAN OF ACQUISITION, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, LIQUIDATION OR
SUCCESSION.
2.1
First Amendment and Restatement of the Stock Purchase and Sale
Agreement,dated as of December 23, 1996, by and among the Company, the
Windward Group,MetLife and the Sellers named therein.
2.2
Subordinated Note Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and
among theCompany, Windward/Merchant L.P., Windward/Merban L.P. and
MetLife.
2.3
Escrow Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,Windward Capital Associates L.P., the Sellers named therein and
U.S. Trust Companyof California, N.A., as escrow agent.
3.
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS.
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.2
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.
*3.3
Certificate of Incorporation of Hermetic Seal Corporation.
*3.4
By-Laws of Hermetic Seal Corporation.
*3.5
Certificate of Incorporation of Glasseal Products, Inc.
*3.6
By-Laws of Glasseal Products, Inc.
*3.7
Certificate of Incorporation of Sealtron, Inc.
*3.8
By-Laws of Sealtron, Inc.
*3.9
Certificate of Incorporation of Sealtron Acquisition Corp.
*3.10
By-Laws of Sealtron Acquisition Corp.
*3.11
Articles of Incorporation of HCC Industries International.
*3.12
By-Laws of HCC Industries International.
4.
INSTRUMENTS DEFINING THE RIGHT OF SECURITY HOLDERS, INCLUDING
INDENTURES.
4.1
Indenture, dated as of May 6, 1997, among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
Trustee, relating to the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007 and the 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due
2007.
4.2
Form of 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007 (included
in Exhibit 4.1).
4.3
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 6, 1997, among the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation and Furman Selz LLC, as Initial Purchasers.
5.
OPINIONS.
**5.1
Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel to
the Company.
9.
VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT.
9.1
Stockholders Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,the Windward Group and the Stockholders named therein.
10.
MATERIAL CONTRACTS.
10.1
Credit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and among the
Company,Fleet Capital Corporation, as Agent, and the Lender Parties
thereto.
10.2
Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 6, 1997, by
and amongthe Company, Fleet Capital Corporation, as Agent, and the
Lender Parties thereto.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION PAGENO.
NO.
10.3
HCC Industries Inc. Stock Option Plan, dated February 14, 1997.
10.4
Form of Stock Option Agreement (included in Exhibit 10.3).
10.5
Contingent Bonus Plan of HCC Industries Inc., dated as of February 14,
1997.
10.6
Form of Contingent Bonus Plan Award Agreement (included in Exhibit
10.5).
10.7
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Company and Andrew Goldfarb.
10.8
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Companyand Christopher Bateman.
10.9
Employment Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997, by and between the
Companyand Richard Ferraid.
10.10
Financial Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997,
by and betweenWindward Capital Partners, L.P. and the Company.
10.11
Letter Agreement, dated February 14, 1997, from the Company to Windward
CapitalPartners L.P., relating to fees.
10.12
Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 1997, by and among the Company, the
SubsidiaryGuarantors and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and
Furman Selz LLC, asInitial Purchasers.
12.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES.
*12.1
Statement regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to fixed
charges for the Company.
21.
SUBSIDIARIES.
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.
CONSENTS.
*23.1
Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
**23.2
Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special counsel
to the Company (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.
POWERS OF ATTORNEY.
24.1
Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
25FORM T-1.
25.1
Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture
relating to the Company's 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange
Notes due 2007.
27.
FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE.
27.1
Financial Data Schedule for the Fiscal Year ended March 29, 1997.
*27.2
Financial Data Schedule for the Quarter ended June 28, 1997.
99.
MISCELLANEOUS.
*99.1
Form of Letter of Transmittal.
*99.2
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
*99.3
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies
and Other Nominees.
*99.4
Form of Letter to Clients.
- --------
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by Amendment.
2
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.3
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 04/28/1994
944074630 -2393014
CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER
MERGING
HERMETIC SEAL CORPORATION, A MASSACHUSETTS CORPORATION
INTO
HERMETIC SEAL CORPORATION, A DELAWARE CORPORATION
Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"),
does hereby certify:
FIRST: That the Corporation is incorporated pursuant to the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
SECOND: That the Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of
each class of the capital stock of Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Massachusetts
corporation.
THIRD: That the Corporation, by the following resolution of its Board
of Directors, duly adopted on the 3th day of April, 1994, determined to merge
into itself Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation on the
conditions set forth in such resolutions:
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Corporation merge into
itself its subsidiary, Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation,
and assume all of said subsidiary's liabilities and obligations.
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President and the Secretary of this
Corporation be and they hereby are authorized and directed to make, execute and
acknowledge a certificate of ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the
resolution to merge Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation into
this Corporation and to assume said corporation' liabilities and obligations
and the date of adoption thereof and to file the same in the office of the
Secretary of State of Delaware.
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the effective date of the merger shall be
the date of filing the articles of merger with the Secretary of State of
Massachusetts.
<PAGE>
STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 04/08/1994
944059406 - 2393014
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HERMETIC SEAL CORPORATION
FIRST. The name of the corporation is Hermetic Seal
Corporation.
SECOND. The address of the corporation's registered office in
the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, Delaware 19805.
The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company,
located in New Castle County.
THIRD. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. The total number of shares which the corporation shall
have authority to issue is 100 shares of capital stock, the par value of each
such share is $1.00 per share.
FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is
Christopher Bateman, 4232 Temple City Boulevard, Rosemead, California 91770.
SIXTH. The Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly
authorized to make, alter or repeal by-laws of the corporation, but the
stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law
whether adopted by them or otherwise.
SEVENTH. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot
except and to the extent provided in the by-laws of the corporation.
The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing
certificate of incorporation is his act and deed and that the facts stated
therein are true.
/s/ Christopher Bateman
-----------------------------------
Christopher Bateman
Sole Incorporator
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Hermetic Seal Corporation, a Delaware
corporation has caused its corporate seal to be affixed and this certificate to
be signed by ANDREW GOLDFARB, its President, and CHRISTOPHER BATEMAN, its
Secretary, this 8th day of April, 1994.
HERMETIC SEAL CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
BY: /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
---------------------------------
Andrew Goldfarb
President
ATTEST:
BY: /s/ Christopher Bateman
------------------------------
Christopher Bateman
Secretary
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.4
BYLAWS
OF
HERMETIC SEAL
CORPORATION,
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
DATED: APRIL 8, 1994
<PAGE>
Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
Article I. Meetings of Stockholders
Section 1. Place of Meetings....................................... 1
Section 2. Annual Meeting.......................................... 1
Section 3. Special Meetings........................................ 1
Section 4. Notice of Meetings...................................... 1
Section 5. Voting List............................................. 2
Section 6. Quorum.................................................. 2
Section 7. Adjournments............................................ 2
Section 8. Action at Meetings...................................... 2
Section 9. Voting and Proxies...................................... 3
Section 10. Action Without Meeting.................................. 3
Article II. Directors
Section 1. Number, Election, Tenure and Qualification.............. 3
Section 2. Enlargement............................................. 3
Section 3. Vacancies............................................... 3
Section 4. Resignation and Removal................................. 4
Section 5. General Powers.......................................... 4
Section 6. Chairman of the Board................................... 4
Section 7. Place of Meetings....................................... 4
Section 8. Regular Meetings........................................ 4
Section 9. Special Meetings ....................................... 4
Section 10. Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournment.................. 5
Section 11. Action by Consent....................................... 5
Section 12. Telephone Meetings...................................... 5
Section 13. Committees.............................................. 5
Section 14. Compensation............................................ 6
Article III. Officers
Section 1. Enumeration............................................. 6
Section 2. Election................................................ 7
Section 3. Tenure.................................................. 7
Section 4. President............................................... 7
Section 5. Vice-Presidents......................................... 7
Section 6. Secretary............................................... 8
Section 7. Assistant Secretaries................................... 8
Section 8. Chief Financial Officer................................. 8
Section 9. Assistant Treasurers.................................... 9
Section 10. Bond.................................................... 9
Article IV. Notices
Section 1. Delivery................................................ 9
Section 2. Waiver of Notice........................................ 10
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
Table of Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
Article V. Indemnification
Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or
Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the
Right of the Corporation................................ 10
Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or
Proceedings by or in the Right of the
Corporation............................................. 11
Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification........................ 11
Section 4. Good Faith Defined...................................... 12
Section 5. Indemnification by a Court.............................. 12
Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance............................. 12
Section 7. Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification......... 13
Section 8. Insurance............................................... 13
Section 9. Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of
Article V............................................... 13
Section 10. Term of Indemnification................................. 14
Section 11. Severability............................................ 14
Section 12. Intent of Article....................................... 14
Article VI. Capital Stock
Section 1. Certificates of Stock................................... 14
Section 2. Lost Certificates....................................... 15
Section 3. Transfer of Stock ...................................... 15
Section 4. Record Date............................................. 15
Section 5. Registered Stockholders................................. 16
Article VII. Certain Transactions
Section 1. Transactions with Interested Parties.................... 16
Section 2. Quorum.................................................. 17
Article VIII. General Provisions
Section 1. Dividends............................................... 17
Section 2. Reserves................................................ 17
Section 3. Checks.................................................. 17
Section 4. Fiscal Year............................................. 17
Section 5. Seal.................................................... 17
Section 6. Registered Office....................................... 17
Section 7. Other Offices........................................... 17
Article IX. Amendments................................................. 18
Addendum
Register of Amendments to the Bylaws
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
HERMETIC SEAL
CORPORATION
* * * *
ARTICLE I
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall
-----------------
be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors (hereinafter called the "Board") or
the chief executive officer, or if not so designated, at the registered office
of the corporation.
Section 2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for
--------------
the election of directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may
properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, date and hour as
shall be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice or waiver of notice
thereof; provided, however, that no annual meeting need be held if all actions,
-------- -------
including the election of directors, required by the General Corporation Law of
Delaware to be taken at a stockholders' annual meeting are taken by written
consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 10 of this Article 1.
Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for
----------------
any purpose or purposes, may, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation, be called by the Board or the chief executive
officer and shall be called by the chief executive officer or secretary at the
request in writing of a majority of the Board, or at the request in writing of
stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the
corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at
any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or
purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law,
------------------
written notice of each meeting of stockholders, annual or special, stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less
than ten or more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each
stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
1
<PAGE>
Section 5. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger
-----------
of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city or town where
the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.
Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
------
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute, the
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.
Section 7. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned
------------
from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of
stockholders may be held under these bylaws, which time and place shall be
announced at the meeting, by a majority of the stockholders present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, though less than a
quorum, or, if no stockholder is present or represented by proxy, by any officer
entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, without notice
other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or
represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if
after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a
notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 8. Action at Meetings. When a quorum is present at any
------------------
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock present in person or
represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the question shall decide any
question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by
express provision of law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a
different vote is
2
<PAGE>
required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question.
Section 9. Voting and Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the
------------------
certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the
stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock having
voting power held of record by such stockholder. Each stockholder entitled to
vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to
act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three
years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
Section 10. Action Without Meetings. Any action required to be taken
-----------------------
at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
Section 1. Number, Election, Tenure and Qualification. The number of
------------------------------------------
directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be two (2). The directors
shall be elected at the annual meeting or at any special meeting of the
stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article. Each director
shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until such
director's earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Enlargement. The number of the Board may be increased at
-----------
any time by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
Section 3. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships
---------
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors nay be filled
by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by
a
3
<PAGE>
sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election
of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. In the event of a
vacancy in the Board, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by
law or these bylaws, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy
is filled.
Section 4. Resignation and Removal. Any director may resign at any
-----------------------
time upon written notice to the corporation at its principal place of business
or to the chief executive officer or secretary. Such resignation shall be
effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time
or upon the happening of some other event. Any director or the entire board may
be removed, with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, unless otherwise
specified by law or the certificate of incorporation.
Section 5. General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation
--------------
shall be managed by its Board, which may exercise all powers of the corporation
and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 6. Chairman of the Board. If the board appoints a chairman of
---------------------
the Board, he shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and the Board. He shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are
customarily vested in the office of the chairman of the Board or as may be
vested in him by the Board.
Section 7. Place of Meetings. The Board may hold meetings, both
-----------------
regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
Section 8. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held
----------------
without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the Board; provided, that any director who is absent when such a
--------
determination is made shall be given prompt notice of such determination. A
regular meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after and at
the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.
Section 9. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be
----------------
called by the chief executive officer, secretary, or on the written request of
two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only one
director in office. Two days' notice to each director, either personally or by
telegram, cable, telecopy, commercial delivery service, telex or similar means
sent to
4
<PAGE>
his business or home address, or three days' notice by written notice deposited
in the mail, shall be given to each director by the secretary or by the officer
or one of the directors calling the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a
meeting of the board need not specify the purposes of the meeting.
Section 10. Quorum, Action at Meetings, Adjournments. At all meetings
----------------------------------------
of the Board a majority of directors then in office, but in no event less than
one third of the entire Board, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be
otherwise specifically provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation.
For purposes of this section, the term "entire Board" shall mean the number of
directors last fixed by the stockholders or directors, as the case may be, in
accordance with law and these bylaws; provided, however, that if less than all
-------- -------
the number so fixed of directors were elected, the "entire Board" shall mean the
greatest number of directors so elected to hold office at any one time pursuant
to such authorization. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the
Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from
time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.
Section 11. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the
-----------------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
Section 12. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the
-------------------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board or of any
committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or of any committee,
as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in
person at the meeting.
Section 13. Committees. The Board may, by resolution passed by a
----------
majority of the entire Board, designate one or more committees, each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any
5
<PAGE>
meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and
authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; provided, that no such committee shall have the
--------
power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation,
adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the
stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
bylaws of the corporation; and provided further, that unless the resolution
-------- -------
designating such committee or the certificate of incorporation expressly so
provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a
dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees
shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by
resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of
its meetings and make such reports to the Board as the Board may request. Except
as the Board may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the
conduct of its business: provided, that unless otherwise provided by the
--------
directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as
possible in the same manner as is provided in these bylaws for the conduct of
its business by the Board.
Section 14. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the
------------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority
to fix from time to time the compensation of directors. The directors may be
paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and the
performance of their responsibilities as directors and may be paid a fixed sum
for attendance at each meeting of the Board and/or a stated salary as director.
No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or its
parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving
compensation therefor. The Board may also allow compensation for members of
special or standing committees for service on such committees.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
Section 1. Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall be
-----------
chosen by the Board and shall be a president, a secretary and a chief financial
officer and such other officers with such titles, terms of office and duties as
the Board may from time to time determine,
6
<PAGE>
including a chairman of the Board, one or more vice-presidents, and one or more
assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. If authorized by resolution of
the Board, the chief executive officer may be empowered to appoint from time to
time assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may
be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these
bylaws otherwise provide.
Section 2. Election. The Board at its first meeting after each annual
--------
meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a chief
financial officer. Other officers may be appointed by the Board at such meeting,
at any other meeting, or by written consent.
Section 3. Tenure. Each officer of the corporation shall hold office
------
until such officer's successor is elected and qualified or until such officer's
earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed at any time by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board or a committee duly authorized
to do so; provided, however, that any officer appointed by the chief executive
-------- -------
officer may also be removed at any time by the chief executive officer. Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may be filled by the Board,
at its discretion. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation
to the corporation at its principal place of business or to the chief executive
officer or the secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt
unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening
of some other event.
Section 4. President. The president shall be the chief operating
---------
officer of the corporation. He shall also be the chief executive officer unless
the Board otherwise provides. The president shall, unless the Board provides
otherwise in a specific instance or generally, preside at all meetings of the
stockholders and the Board, have general and active management of the business
of the corporation and see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are
carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages, and other
contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except
where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the
Board to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
Section 5. Vice-Presidents. In the absence of the president or in the
---------------
event of the president's inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, or if
there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order
designated by the Board or the chief executive officer (or in the absence of any
designation, then in the order
7
<PAGE>
determined by their tenure in office) shall perform the duties of the president,
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the Board or the chief executive officer
may from time to time prescribe.
Section 6. Secretary. The secretary shall have such powers and perform
---------
such duties as are incident to the office of secretary. The secretary shall
maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as
required and shall be the custodian of corporate records. The secretary shall
attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record
all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board in a
book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing
committees when required. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board, and shall
perform such other duties as may be from time to time prescribed by the Board or
chief executive officer, under whose supervision he shall be. The secretary
shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the secretary,
or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any
instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature
or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board may give general
authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to
attest the affixing by such officer's signature.
Section 7. Assistant Secretaries. The assistant secretary, or if
---------------------
there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by
the Board, the chief executive officer or the secretary (or if there be no
such determination, then in the order determined by their tenure in office),
shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of the secretary's
inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board, the chief executive officer or the secretary may from time to time
prescribe. In the absence of the secretary or any assistant secretary at any
meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting
shall designate a temporary or acting secretary to keep a record of the
meeting.
Section 8. Chief Financial Officer. The chief financial officer shall
-----------------------
perform such duties and shall have such powers as may be assigned to the chief
financial officer by the Board or the chief executive officer. In addition,
the chief financial officer shall be deemed to hold, and shall perform such
duties and have such powers as
8
<PAGE>
are incident to, the office of treasurer. The chief financial officer shall have
the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and
accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the
corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name
and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated
by the Board. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the
corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and the Board,
when the chief executive officer or Board so requires, an account of all the
chief financial officer's transactions as chief financial officer and of the
financial condition of the corporation.
Section 9. Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there
-------------------
shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the
Board, the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer (or if there
be no such determination, then in the order determined by their tenure in
office), shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of
the chief financial officer's inability or refusal to act, perform the duties
and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such
other duties and have such other powers as the Board, the chief executive
officer or the chief financial officer may from time to time prescribe.
Section 10. Bond. If required by the Board, any officer shall give the
----
corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties and upon such
terms and conditions as shall be satisfactory to the Board, including without
limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and
for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and
other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control and
belonging to the corporation.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Delivery. Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the
--------
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, written notice is required to be
given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail,
addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person's address as it
appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and
such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail. Unless written notice
9
<PAGE>
by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable,
telecopy, commercial delivery service, telex or similar means, addressed to such
director or stockholder at such person's address as it appears on the records of
the corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when
delivered into the control of the persons charged with effecting such
transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the corporation or the
person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-
hand delivery (in person or by telephone) shall be deemed given at the time it
is actually given.
Section 2. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be
----------------
given under the provisions of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of
these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other
---------------------------------------------------------
Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this
- ------------------------------------------------
Article V, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, or as a trustee, fiduciary or administrator
of any pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for any of the
corporation's employees, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or
---------------
its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did
not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
10
<PAGE>
and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.
Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in
------------------------------------------------------------
the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article V, the
- ----------------------------
corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense
or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in
-------- -------
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State
of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under
--------------------------------
this Article V (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation
unless in the specific case a determination is made that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is not proper in the circumstances because
such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section
1 or Section 2 of this Article V, as the case may be. Such determination may be
made (i) by the Board by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to
such action, suit or proceeding (whether or not such disinterested directors
constitute a quorum), (ii) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or
(iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in
the specific case.
11
<PAGE>
Section 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under
------------------
Section 3 of this Article V, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good
faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct
was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of
account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to
such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the
course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or
another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the
corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant
or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the
corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this
section shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request
of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of
this section shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the
circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article V, as the case
may be.
Section 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary
--------------------------
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article V, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible
under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V. The basis of such indemnification by a
court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such
person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2
of this Article V, as the case may be. Notice of any application for
indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the corporation
promptly upon the filing of such application.
Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending
---------------------------
a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt
of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to
repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not
entitled to
12
<PAGE>
be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V.
Section 7. Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The
-----------------------------------------------
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to
this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any
By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the
policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in
Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V shall be made to the fullest extent permitted
by law. The provisions of this Article V shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article V but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law or otherwise.
Section 8. Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain
---------
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against
such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of
such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the
power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under
the provisions of this Article V.
Section 9. Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of Article V. For
--------------------------------------------------
purposes of this Article V, references to "the corporation" shall include, in
addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which,
if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under
the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he would have with respect to such
13
<PAGE>
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
Section 10. Term of Indemnification. The indemnification and
-----------------------
advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article V shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
Section 11. Severability. If any word, clause or provision of this
------------
Article V or any award made hereunder shall for any reason be determined to be
invalid, the provisions hereof shall not otherwise be affected thereby but shall
remain in full force and effect.
Section 12. Intent of Article. The intent of this Article V is to
-----------------
provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware. To the extent that such Section or any
successor section may be amended or supplemented from time to time, this Article
V shall be amended automatically and construed so as to permit indemnification
to the fullest extent from time to time permitted by law.
ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 1. Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock in the
---------------------
corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name
of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board, or the
president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or
the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the
number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer
agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed
upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation
with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or
registrar at the date of issue. Certificates may be issued for partly paid
shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to
represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to
be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.
14
<PAGE>
Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Board may direct a new certificate
-----------------
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the
Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or
certificates, or his legal representative, to give reasonable evidence of such
loss, theft or destruction, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall
require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as
indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the
issuance of such new certificate.
Section 3. Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the corporation or the
-----------------
transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, and proper evidence of compliance with other conditions to rightful
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
Section 4. Record Date. In order that the corporation may determine
-----------
the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall
not be more than sixty days nor less then ten days before the date of such
meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action to which such record
date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or
to vote al a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given,
or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on
which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled
to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no
prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first
written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for
any other
15
<PAGE>
purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts
the resolution relating to such purpose.
Section 5. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled
-----------------------
to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the
owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold
liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to
or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or
not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided
by the laws of Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
Section 1. Transactions with Interested Parties. No contract or
------------------------------------
transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or
officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership,
association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or
officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void
or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof
which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because any vote is
counted for such purpose, if:
(a) The material facts as to such person's relationship or
interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are
known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good
faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of
a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested
directors be less than a quorum; or
(b) The material facts as to such person's relationship or
interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are
known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or
transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders: or
(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved
16
<PAGE>
or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders.
Section 2. Quorum. Common or interested directors may be counted in
------
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee
which authorizes such contract or transaction.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PR0VISIONS
Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
---------
corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special
meeting or by written consent, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash,
in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the
certificate of incorporation.
Section 2. Reserves. The directors may set apart out of any funds of
--------
the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper
purpose and may abolish any such reserve.
Section 3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
------
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board may from time to time designate.
Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be
-----------
fixed by resolution of the Board.
Section 5. Seal. The Board may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal.
----
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the
year of its organization and the word "Delaware". The seal may be used by
causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or
otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the Board.
Section 6. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation
-----------------
in the State of Delaware shall be 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, Delaware
19805. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Service Company.
Section 7. Other Offices. The corporation may also have an office or
-------------
offices at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware.
17
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be
adopted by the stockholders or by the Board at any regular meeting of the
stockholders or of the Board, as the case may be, or at any special meeting of
the stockholders or of the Board, as the case may be; provided, however, that
-------- -------
in the case of a regular or special meeting of stockholders, notice of such
alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws shall be contained in
the notice of such meeting.
18
<PAGE>
Register of Amendments to the Restated Bylaws
Date Section Affected Change
- ---- ---------------- ------
19
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.5
CERTIFICATION OF INCORPORATION
OF
GLASSEAL PRODUCTS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, there is hereby organized a corporation under
and by virtue of N.J.S. 14A:1-1, et seq., the "New Jersey Business Corporation
Act."
1. The name of the corporation is GLASSEAL PRODUCTS, INC.
2. The Address of this corporation's initial registered office is 60
Park Place, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and the name of this corporation's initial
registered agent at such address is Harry A. Margolis.
3. The purposes for which this corporation is organized are:
(a) To engage in any activity within the purposes for which
corporations may be organized under the "New Jersey Business Corporation Act,"
N.J.S. 14A:1-1, et seq.
4. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have
authority to issue is one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of common stock
without nominal or par value.
5. The first Board of Directors of this corporation shall consist of
two directors, and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as
such directors are:
Name Address
---- -------
Alexander W. Anderson 37 Blazier Rd., Warren, N.J.
Eileen J. Anderson 37 Blazier Rd., Warren, N.J.
6. The names and addresses of the incorporators are:
Name Address
---- -------
Alexander W. Anderson 37 Blazier Rd., Warren, N.J.
Eileen J. Anderson 37 Blazier Rd., Warren, N.J.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being over the age of twenty-one
years, have signed this Certificate this 7th day of July, 1970.
Signed, sealed and delivered
in the presence of: _________________________LS
Alexander W. Anderson
____________________________ _________________________LS
Eileen J. Anderson
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLASSEAL PRODUCTS, INC.
Forwarded for Recording
and Filing by:
MARGOLIS AND MARGOLIS
Counsellors at Law
60 Park Place
Newark, N.J. 07102
FILED AND RECORDED
JUL-8 1970
Paul Jefermin
Secretary of State
LICENSE FEE ________
FILING FEE ________
RECORDING ________
CERTIFYING COPY ________
SEC. OF STATE ________
<PAGE>
[LOGO] GLASSEAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Designers and Manufacturers of Glass-To-Metal Seals
725 Commerce Road Linden, N.J. 07036
(201) 486- 2067 TWX 710-996-5818
July 6, 1970
Secretary of State
State of New Jersey
Trenton, New Jersey
Dear Sir:
Glasseal Products Company Inc., a New Jersey corporation has no objection to,
and hereby consents to, the incorporation of a new corporation under the laws of
New Jersey having the name "Glasseal Products, Inc."
Very truly yours,
GLASSEAL PRODUCTS COMPANY INC.
By ____________________________
George L. Freeman, President
and ___________________________
Gerald E. Magnuson, Secretary
[SEAL]
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.6
BYLAWS
OF
GLASSEAL PRODUCTS, INC.,
A NEW JERSEY CORPORATION
ARTICLE I. Offices.
--------
Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of the Corporation
shall be located in the City of Lakewood, New Jersey.
Section 2. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office for the transaction
of the business of the Corporation shall be at such place as may be established
by the Board of Directors (the "Board"). The Board is granted full power and
authority to change said principal office from one location to another.
Section 3. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may also have an office or
offices at such other places, either within or without the State of New Jersey,
as the Board may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation
may require.
ARTICLE II. Meetings of Shareholders.
------------------------
Section 1. TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders shall
be held at such time and place, within or without the State of New Jersey, as
may be designated by the Board.
Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of the shareholders of the
Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of
such other proper business as may come before such meetings may be held at such
time, date and place as the Board shall determine by resolution or, if not so
designated, at the registered office of the Corporation in the State of New
Jersey.
Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders, for
any purpose whatsoever, may be called at any time by the Board, the Chairman of
the Board, the President, or by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less
than ten percent of the votes at such meeting, or by such person or persons
authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation.
<PAGE>
Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Notice of each meeting of shareholders,
stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be given to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor
more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.
Section 5. QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum for holding all meetings of shareholders,
except as provided by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 6. VOTING. In all matters, when a quorum is present at any
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock having
voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question
brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express
provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different
vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control
the decision of such question.
Section 7. SHAREHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders by New
Jersey law or Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, may be
taken without a meeting if all of the shareholders entitled to vote thereon
consent thereto in writing, except that in the case of any action to be taken
pursuant to Chapter 10 of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act (Merger,
Consolidation, Acquisition of All Capital Shares of a Corporation and Sale of
Assets), such action may be taken without a meeting only if all shareholders
consent thereto in writing or if all shareholders entitled to vote thereon
consent thereto in writing and the Corporation provides to all other
shareholders the advance notification required by paragraph 14A:5-6(2)(b) of the
New Jersey Business Corporation Act.
Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and
subject to the provisions of this section, any action required or permitted to
be taken at a meeting of shareholders by the New Jersey Business Corporation
Act, the Certificate of Incorporation, or Bylaws, other than the annual election
of directors, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote, upon the written consent of shareholders who would have been entitled to
cast the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize such
action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were
present and voting.
ARTICLE III. Directors.
---------
Section 1. POWERS. Subject to limitations of the Certificate of
Incorporation and the New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the business and
affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the
Board. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and
qualified or until his or
<PAGE>
her earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon
written notice to the Corporation. Any director may be removed from office, with
or without cause by the holder of a majority of the shares of the stock of the
Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
Section 2. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The Board shall consist of one or more
members in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of
the Board. Until otherwise determined by such resolution, the Board shall
consist of two (2) members. Directors need not be shareholders, and each
director shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified or
until his or her death, retirement, resignation or removal.
Section 3. REGULAR MEETINGS. Immediately following each annual meeting
of the shareholders, the Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of
organization, election of officers, and the transaction of other business. Other
regular meetings of the Board shall be held without call or notice at such time
and place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.
Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be
called at any time, and for any purpose permitted by law, by the Chairman of the
Board (or, if the Board does not appoint a Chairman of the Board, the
President), or by the Secretary on the written request of any two members of the
Board unless the Board consists of only one director in which case the special
meeting shall be called on the written request of the sole director, which
meetings shall be held at the time and place designated by the person or persons
calling the meeting.
Section 5. NOTICE. Notices of special meetings shall be mailed by the
Secretary to each member of the Board not less than two days before such
meeting, and shall state the purpose thereof. No notice to or waiver by any
director with respect to any special meeting shall be required if such director
shall be present at said meeting.
Section 6. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the
total number of directors of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at
any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by APPLICABLE LAW OR BY the Certificate
of Incorporation.
SECTION 7. WRITTEN ACTION. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without
a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent
thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of
the Board or committee.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV. Officers.
--------
Section 1. APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. The officers of the
Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and shall be a President, a
Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may also appoint a Chairman of the Board,
one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers (including Assistant
Secretaries and Financial Officers) as the Board may deem necessary or
desirable. Unless prohibited by applicable law or by the Certificate of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws, any number of offices may be held by the same
person. The officers shall be elected annually, and shall hold office until
their respective successors are elected and qualify, or until their resignation
or removal. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be
filled by the Board.
Section 2. POWERS. Each officer shall perform the duties and exercise
the powers usually incident to the office and such other duties as may be
assigned by the Board. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the
Corporation. The Vice President shall, in the absence of the President, perform
all of the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all of the
powers of the President. The Secretary shall have the duty to record the
proceedings of the meetings of the shareholders and the directors in a book to
be kept for that purpose.
ARTICLE V. Indemnification.
---------------
Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or contemplated action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
permitted by New Jersey law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI. Miscellaneous
-------------
Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the
New Jersey Business Corporation Act, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these
Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board or by the
shareholders.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.7
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SEALTRON, INC.
--------------
FIRST. The name of the corporation is SEALTRON, INC. (the
"Corporation").
SECOND. The address of the Corporation's registered agent in the State
of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle
19899. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Service Company.
THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have
the authority to issue is Five Hundred (500) shares of capital stock, and the
par value of each such share, which shall be designated "Common Stock," is S1.00
per share.
FIFTH. The name and address of the sole incorporator is Scott P.
Kadish, Esq., Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, 1800 First National Bank Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
SIXTH. A member of the Board of Directors of this Corporation shall
not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, excepting on; ability: (A)
for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders; (B) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (C) under Section 174 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (D) for any
<PAGE>
transaction from which the said member of the Board of Directors derived an
improper personal benefit.
SEVENTH. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly
authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, but the
stockholders of the Corporation may make additional By-Laws and may alter or
repeal any By-Law whether adopted by them or otherwise.
EIGHTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of
the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors,
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the
case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a
majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class
of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise
-2-
<PAGE>
or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this Corporation.
The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing
Certificate of Incorporation is his act and deed and that the facts stated
therein are true.
/s/ Scott P. Kadish
--------------------------------
Scott P. Kadish
-3-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.8
BY-LAWS
OF
SEALTRON INC. ("the Corporation")
---------------------------------
ARTICLE I
---------
OFFICES
-------
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
-----------------
in the State of Delaware shall be at CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, P.O. 591, City
of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered
agent at such address shall be CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at
-------------
such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board
of Directors may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the
Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
----------
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
------------------------
Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings. The annual meeting of the
--------------------------
stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and
conducting such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held on
the fourth Tuesday of October in each year, if not a legal holiday, and, if a
legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at two o'clock P.M.,
Eastern Daylight Savings Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the annual meeting
of stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such other time as may be
determined by the Board of Directors. Meetings of stockholders may be held
within or without the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE III
-----------
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
------------------
Section 1. Number, Election and Term of Office. The number of
-----------------------------------
Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be three
(3), or such other number as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution
of the Board of Directors. The first Board of Directors shall consist of three
Directors. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
<PAGE>
stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, and each
Director elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders
or until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier
death, resignation or removal.
Section 2. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships
----------
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled
by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and
each Director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation or until his or her successor is duly elected
and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
ARTICLE IV
----------
OFFICERS
--------
Section 1. Number; Authority; Powers. The officers of the Corporation
-------------------------
shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive
Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and
such other officers and assistant officers as the Board of Directors may, from
time to time, deem appropriate to appoint. Such officers and assistant officers
shall hold their offices for such terms and exercise such powers and perform
such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the
Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may
deem advisable, except the offices of President and Secretary. The officers and
assistant officers of the Corporation shall have the authority, powers and
duties normally appurtenant to the respective office; provided, however, that
--------
additional authority, powers and duties may be prescribed for any office, from
time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
-------
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation, against
- 2 -
<PAGE>
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
---- ----------
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 2. The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by
applicable law, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee
of another corporation, against expenses (including attorney's fees) actually
and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have deed
adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 3. To the extent that a Director or officer of a Corporation
has been successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissals of actions,
suits or proceedings with or without prejudice) in defense of any action, suit
or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V or in defense of
any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or
her in connection therewith.
Section 4. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action,
suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of
Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
the Director or officer to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be
determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as
authorized in this Article V.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
Section 5. The indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may
be entitled under any other By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.
Section 6. For purposes of this Article V, references to "the
Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in
a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers so that any
person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director
or officer of another corporation shall stand in the same position under the
provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation
if its separate existence had continued.
ARTICLE VI
----------
AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS
---------------------
These By-Laws may be amended as provided in the Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation or by the affirmative vote of the holders of not
less than eighty percent (80%) of the issued and outstanding stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally on the affairs of the Corporation and for
the election of Directors.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.9
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP.
-------------------------
FIRST. The name of the corporation is SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP. (the
"Corporation").
SECOND. The address of the Corporation's registered agent in the State
of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle
l9899. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Service Company.
THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the
authority to issue is Five Hundred (500) shares of capital stock, and the par
value of each such share, which shall be designated "Common Stock," is $1.00 per
share.
FIFTH. The name and address of the sole incorporator is Scott P.
Kadish, Esq., Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, 1800 First National Bank Center.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
SIXTH. A member of the Board of Directors of this Corporation shall not
be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, excepting only liability:
(A) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders; (B) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (C) under Section 174 of
the Delaware General Corporation law; or (D) for any
<PAGE>
transaction from which the said member of the Board of Directors derived an
improper personal benefit.
SEVENTH. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly
authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, but the
stockholders of the Corporation may make additional By-Laws and may alter or
repeal any By-Law whether adopted by them or otherwise.
EIGHTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 29l of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in
number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of shareholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise
-2-
<PAGE>
or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this Corporation.
The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing
Certificate of Incorporation is his act and deed and that the facts stated
therein are true.
/s/ Scott P. Kadish
---------------------------------------
Scott P. Kadish
-3-
<PAGE>
PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER
----------------------------
This Plan and Agreement of Merger ("the Merger Agreement") is made as of
this 23rd day of December, 1986 by and between SEALTRON, INC., an Ohio
----
corporation ("Ohio Sealtron"), and SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware
corporation ("Delaware Sealtron").
WITNESSETH:
-----------
WHEREAS, Ohio Sealtron has an authorized capital stock consisting of
Five Hundred (500) shares of common stock, without par value (collectively, the
"Ohio Common Stock"), of which one hundred (100) shares have been duly issued
and are now outstanding; and,
WHEREAS, Delaware Sealtron has an authorized capital stock consisting
of Five Hundred (500) shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share
(collectively, the "Delaware Common Stock"), of which One Hundred (100) shares
have been duly issued and are now outstanding; and,
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Ohio Sealtron and Delaware
Sealtron deem it advisable and generally to the advantage and welfare of the two
(2) corporate parties and their respective stockholders that Ohio Sealtron merge
with and into Delaware Sealtron under and pursuant to the provisions of the Ohio
General Corporation Law and of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual
agreements hereinafter contained and of the mutual benefits hereby provided, it
is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
<PAGE>
1. Merger. Ohio Sealtron shall be, and it hereby is, merged with and
------
into Delaware Sealtron.
2. Effective Date. This Merger Agreement shall become effective the
--------------
later of: compliance with the applicable laws of the State of Ohio and Delaware
or at the end of business hours on December 27. 1996, the time of such
effectiveness being hereinafter called the "Effective Date."
3. Surviving Corporations. Delaware Sealtron shall survive the merger
----------------------
herein contemplated and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware, but the separate corporate existence of Ohio Sealtron shall cease
forthwith upon the Effective Date.
4. Authorized Capital. The authorized capital stock of Delaware
------------------
Sealtron following the Effective Date shall be Five Hundred (500) shares
of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, unless and until the same shall be
changed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware
5. Certificate of Incorporation. The following shall be the
----------------------------
certificate of incorporation of Delaware Sealtron following the effective Date
unless and until the same shall be amended or repealed in accordance with the
provisions thereof, which power to amend or repeal is hereby expressly reserved,
and all rights or powers of whatsoever nature conferred; in such certificate of
incorporation or herein upon any stockholder or director or officer of Delaware
Sealtron or upon any other persons whomsoever are subject to the reserve power.
The following certificate of incorporation shall constitute the certificate of
incorporation of Delaware Sealtron following the Effective Date separate and
apart
-2-
<PAGE>
from this Merger Agreement and may be separately certified as the certificate of
incorporation of Delaware Sealtron.
FIRST. The name of the corporation is SEALTRON ACQUISITION
CORP. (the "Corporation").
SECOND. The address of the Corporation's registered agent in
the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington,
County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address
is Corporation Service Company.
THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the
General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall
have the authority to issue is Five Hundred (500) shares of capital
stock, and the par value of each such share, which shall be designated
Common Stock," is $1.00 per share.
FIFTH. The name and address of the sole incorporator is Scott
P. Kadish, Esq., Taft, Stettinius & Hollister, 1800 First National Bank
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
SIXTH. A member of the Board of Directors of this Corporation
shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
excepting only liability: (A) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the
-3-
<PAGE>
Corporation or its stockholders; (B) for acts or omissions not in good
faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law; (C) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation law; or
(D) for any transaction from which the said member of the Board of
Directors derived an improper personal benefit.
SEVENTH. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly
authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, but
the stockholders of the Corporation may make additional By-Laws and may
alter or repeal any By-Law whether adopted by them or otherwise.
EIGHTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between
this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between
this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of
equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the
application in summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or
stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers
appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of
Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in
dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this
Corporation under the
-4-
<PAGE>
provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a
meeting of the creditors or class of stockholders of this Corporation,
as the case may be to be summoned in such manner as the said court
directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of
the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class
of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any
compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation
as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or
arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the
court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class
of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be. and also on
this Corporation.
6. By-Laws. The By-Laws Of Delaware Sealtron as they exist on the
------
Effective Date shall be the By-Laws of Delaware Sealtron following the
Effective Date unless and until the same shall be amended or repealed in
accordance with the provisions thereof.
7. Board of Directors and Officers. The members of the Board of
-------------------------------
Directors and the officers of Delaware Sealtron immediately
-5-
<PAGE>
after the Effective Date shall be these persons who were the members of the
Board of Directors and the officers, respectively, of Delaware Sealtron
immediately prior to the Effective Date, and such persons shall serve in such
offices, respectively, for the terms provided by law or in the By-Laws, or until
their respective successors are elected and have qualified.
8. Further Assurances of Title. If, at any time after the Effective
---------------------------
Date, Delaware Sealtron shall consider or be advised that any acknowledgments or
assurances in law or other similar actions are necessary or desirable in order
to acknowledge or confirm in and to Delaware Sealtron any right, title, or
interest of Ohio Sealtron held immediately prior to the Effective Date, Ohio
Sealtron and its proper officers ant directors shall and will execute and
deliver all such acknowledgments and assurances in law and do all things
necessary or proper to acknowledge or contain such right, title or interest in
Delaware Sealtron as shall he necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes
of this Merger agreement, and Delaware Sealtron and the proper officers and
directors thereof are hereby authorized to take any and all such action in the
name of Ohio Sealtron. or otherwise.
9. Conversion of Outstanding Stock. Forthwith upon the Effective Date,
-------------------------------
each of the issued and outstanding shares of Ohio Common Stock and all
rights in respect thereof shall become and be converted into a (1) fully-paid
and non-assessable share of common stock of Delaware Sealtron. Forthwith upon
the Effective Date, each
-6-
<PAGE>
of the issued and outstanding shares of Delaware Common Stock and all rights in
respect thereof shall become and be converted into one (1) fully-paid and non-
assessable share of common stock of Delaware Sealtron. Each certificate
nominally representing shares of either Ohio Common Stock or Delaware Common
Stock shall, on and after the Effective Date, for all purposes be deemed to
evidence the ownership of a like number of shares of common stock of Delaware
Sealtron. The holders of such certificates shall not be required immediately to
surrender the same in exchange for certificates of common stock of Delaware
Sealtron but, as certificates nominally representing shares of Ohio Common Stock
or of Delaware Common Stock are surrendered for transfer, Delaware Sealtron
shall cause to be issued certificates representing shares of common stock of
Delaware Sealtron.
10. Rights and Liabilities of Delaware Sealtron. At and after the
-------------------------------------------
Effective Date, Delaware Sealtron shall succeed to and possess, without further
act or deed, all of the estate, rights, privileges, powers, and franchises,
both public and private, and all of the property, real, personal, and mixed, of
each of the parties hereto; all debts due to Ohio Sealtron be vested in Delaware
Sealtron; all claims, demands, property rights, privileges, powers and
franchises and every other interest of either of the parties hereto shall be as
effectively the property of Delaware Sealtron as they were of the respective
parties hereto; the title to any real estate vested by deed or otherwise in Ohio
Sealtron shall not revert
-7-
<PAGE>
or be in any way impaired by reason of the merger, but shall be vested
in Delaware Sealtron; all rights of creditors and all liens upon any property of
either of the parties hereto shall be preserved unimpaired, limited in lien to
the property affected by such lien at the effective time of the merger; all
debts, liabilities, and duties of the respective parties hereto shall
thenceforth attach to Delaware Sealtron and may be enforced against it to the
same extent as if such debts, liabilities, and duties of the respective parties
hereto shall thenceforth attach to Delaware Sealtron and may be enforced against
it to the same extent as if such debts, liabilities, and duties had been
incurred or contracted by it; and Delaware Sealtron shall indemnify and hold
harmless the officers and directors of each of the parties hereto against all
such debts, liabilities and duties and against all claims and demands arising
out of the merger.
11. Service of Process on Delaware Sealtron. Delaware Sealtron consents
---------------------------------------
to be sued and served with process in the State of Ohio in any proceeding for
enforcement of any obligation of Ohio Sealtron as well as for the enforcement of
any obligation of Delaware Sealtron arising from the merger contemplated by this
Merger Agreement, including any suit or other proceeding to enforce the right
of any shareholder as determined in appraisal proceedings pursuant to the
provisions of the Ohio General Corporation Law, and irrevocably appoints the
Secretary of State as its agent to accept service of process in any such
proceeding.
12. Termination. The Merger Agreement may be terminated and abandoned
-----------
by action of the Board of Directors of either of Sealtron or Delaware Sealtron
at any time prior to the Effective
-8-
<PAGE>
Date, whether before or after approval by the shareholders of the two corporate
parties hereto.
13. Plan of Reorganization. The Merger Agreement constitutes a Plan of
-----------------------
Reorganization to be carried out in the manner, on the terms and subject to the
conditions herein set forth.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the corporate parties hereto, pursuant to
authority duly granted by the Board of Directors, has caused this Merger
Agreement to be executed by its President and attested by its Secretary and its
corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.
ATTEST: SEALTRON, INC.
/s/ Fredric Horowitz /s/ Michael Pelta
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Fredric Horowitz Michael Pelta
Secretary President
Corporate Seal
ATTEST SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP.
/s/ Fredric Horowitz /s/ Andrew Goldfarb
- ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Fredric Horowitz Andrew Goldfarb
Secretary President
Corporate Seal
-9-
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF THE SECRETARY
OF
SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP.
(a Delaware Corporation)
I, Fredric Horowitz, the Secretary of Sealtron Acquisition Corp., a
Delaware corporation ("Delaware Sealtron"), hereby certify that the Merger
agreement to which this certificate is attached, after having been first duly
signed on behalf of Delaware Sealtron by the President and Secretary under the
corporate seal of said corporation, was duly approved and adopted by unanimous
written consent of the shareholders of Delaware Sealtron on December 23, 1986.
WITNESS my hand and seal of said Fredric Horowitz this 23 day of
December, 1986.
/s/ Fredric Horowitz
------------------------------
Secretary
(SEAL)
-10-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.10
BY-LAWS
OF
SEALTRON ACQUISITION CORP. ("the Corporation")
----------------------------------------------
ARTICLE I
---------
OFFICES
Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
-----------------
in the State of Delaware shall be at CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY, P.O. 591, City
of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered
agent at such address shall be CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at
-------------
such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board
of Directors may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the
Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
----------
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
------------------------
Section 1. Place and Time of Meetings. The annual meeting of the
--------------------------
stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and
conducting such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held on
the fourth Tuesday of October in each year, if not a legal holiday, and, if a
legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at two o'clock P.M.,
Eastern Daylight Savings Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the annual meeting
of stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such other time as may be
determined by the Board of Directors. Meetings of stockholders may be held
within or without the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE III
-----------
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
------------------
Section 1. Number, Election and Term of Office. The number of
-----------------------------------
Directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be three
(3), or such other number as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution
of the Board of Directors. The first Board of Directors shall consist of three
Directors. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
<PAGE>
stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, and each
Director elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders
or until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier
death, resignation or removal.
Section 2. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships
----------
resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled
by a majority of the Directors then in office though less than a quorum, and
each Director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation or until his or her successor is duly elected
and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
ARTICLE IV
----------
OFFICERS
--------
Section 1. Number; Authority; Powers. The officers of the Corporation
-------------------------
shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive
Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and
such other officers and assistant officers as the Board of Directors may, from
time to time, deem appropriate to appoint. Such officers and assistant officers
shall hold their offices for such terms and exercise such powers and perform
such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the
Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may
deem advisable, except the offices of President and Secretary. The officers and
assistant officers of the Corporation shall have the authority, powers and
duties normally appurtenant to the respective office; provided, however, that
--------
additional authority, powers and duties may be prescribed for any office, from
time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
---------
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS
-------------------------------------------------
Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer or employee of another corporation, against
-2-
<PAGE>
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
---- ----------
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 2. The Corporation shall, to the full extent permitted by
applicable law, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee
of another corporation, against expenses (including attorney's fees) actually
and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have deed
adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 3. To the extent that a Director or officer of a Corporation
has been successful on the merits or otherwise (including dismissals of actions,
suits or proceedings with or without prejudice) in defense of any action, suit
or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V or in defense of
any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or
her in connection therewith.
Section 4. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action,
suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of
Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
the Director or officer to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be
determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as
authorized in this Article V.
-3-
<PAGE>
Section 5. The indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may
be entitled under any other By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity
and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.
Section 6. For purposes of this Article V, references to "the
Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any
constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in
a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers so that any
person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or
is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director
or officer of another corporation shall stand in the same position under the
provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation
if its separate existence had continued.
ARTICLE VI
----------
AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS
---------------------
These By-Laws may be amended as provided in the Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation or by the affirmative vote of the holders of not
less than eighty percent (80%) of the issued and outstanding stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote generally on the affairs of the Corporation and for
the election of Directors.
-4-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.11
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
HCC INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL
I
The name of this corporation is HCC INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL.
II
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the California
Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company
business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the
California Corporations Code.
III
The name and address in the State of California of this
corporation's initial agent for service of process is: Andrew Goldfarb, 16311
Ventura Boulevard, Suite 1180, Encino, California 91436.
IV
This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of
shares of stock; and the total number of shares which this corporation is
authorized to issue is 10,000.
Dated: February 8 , 1985
/s/ DEBORAH ARCURI
----------------------------------------
DEBORAH ARCURI
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3.12
B Y L A W S
O F
HCC INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL
A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION
Article I.
OFFICES
Section 1. PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.
The principal executive office of the corporation shall be located at
such place as the board of directors shall from time to time to determine.
Section 2. OTHER OFFICES.
Other offices may at any time be established by the board of directors
at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.
Article II.
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS.
All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive
office of the corporation or at any other place within or without the State of
California which may be designated either by the board of directors or by the
shareholders in accordance with these bylaws.
Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS.
The Board of Directors by resolution shall designate the time, place
and date (which shall be in the case of the first annual meeting, not more than
15 months after the organization of the corporation and, in the case of all
other annual meetings, no more than 15 months after the date of the last annual
meeting) of the annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors
and the transaction of any other proper business.
Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special meetings of the shareholders, for the purpose of taking any
action which is within the powers of the shareholders, may be called at any time
by the chairman of the board or the president or by the board of directors, or
by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes
at the meeting.
<PAGE>
Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
(a) Written notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or
special, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat, either
personally or by mail or other means of written communication, charges prepaid,
addressed to such shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on
the books of the corporation or given by such shareholder to the corporation for
the purpose of notice. If any notice addressed to the shareholder at the address
of such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the
corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the
United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder
at such address, all future notices shall be deemed to have been duly given
without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon
written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the
corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the notice
to all other shareholders. If no address appears on the books of the corporation
or is given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice,
notice shall be deemed to have been given to such shareholder if sent by mail or
other means of written communication addressed to the place where the principal
executive office of the corporation is located, or if published at least once in
a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the principal
executive office is located.
(b) All such notices shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more
than sixty (60) days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote
thereat. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written
communication. An affidavit of mailing of any such notice in accordance with the
foregoing provisions, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any
transfer agent of the corporation, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving
of the notice.
(c) All such notices shall state the place, date and hour of such
meeting. In the case of a special meeting such notice shall also state the
general nature of the business to be transacted at such meeting, and no other
business may be transacted thereat. In the case of an annual meeting, such
notice shall also state those matters which the board of directors at the time
of the mailing of the notice intends to present for action by the shareholders.
Any proper matter may be presented at an annual meeting of shareholders though
not stated in the notice, provided that unless the general nature of a proposal
to be approved by the shareholders relating to the following matters is stated
in the notice or a written waiver of notice, any such shareholder approval will
require unanimous approval of all shareholders entitled to vote:
(1) A proposal to approve a contract or other transaction
between the corporation and one or more of its
-2-
<PAGE>
directors or any corporation, firm or association in which one or more of its
directors has a material financial interest or is also a director;
(2) A proposal to amend the articles of incorporation;
(3) A proposal to approve the principal terms of a
reorganization as defined in Section 181 of the General Corporation Law;
(4) A proposal to wind up and dissolve the corporation
(5) If the corporation has both preferred and common shares
outstanding and the corporation is in the process of winding up, a proposal to
adopt a plan of distribution of shares, obligations or securities of any other
corporation or assets other than money which is not in accordance with the
liquidation rights of the preferred shares.
(d) The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by management for election.
(e) Upon request in writing that a special meeting of shareholders be
called for any proper purpose, directed to the chairman of the board, president,
vice president or secretary by any person (other than the board) entitled to
call a special meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith shall cause notice
to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at
a time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than
thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request.
Section 5. QUORUM.
The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote at any meeting shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly called or held
meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at
least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.
Section 6. ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF.
(a) Any shareholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a
quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by vote of a majority of
the shares, the holders of which are either present in person or by proxy
thereat, but in the absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at
any such meeting, except as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.
-3-
<PAGE>
(b) When a shareholders' meeting is adjourned to another time or place,
except as provided in this subsection (b), notice need not be given of the
adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at
which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
If the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days or if after the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Section 7. VOTING
(a) Voting Rights of Shares and Shareholders.
(1) Except as provided in Section 708 of the General Corporation
Law (election of directors ) and except as may be otherwise provided in the
Articles of Incorporation of this corporation, each outstanding share,
regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a
vote of shareholders.
(2) Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter may vote
part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the
remaining shares or vote them against the proposal, other than elections to
office, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such
shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the
shareholder's approving vote is with respect to all shares such shareholder is
entitled to vote.
(b) Record Date Requirements.
(1) In order that the corporation may determine the
shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote or entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or
entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the board
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less
than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than 60 days prior to
any other action.
(2) If no record date is fixed:
(a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of
business on the business day preceding the day on which notice is given or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding
the day on which the meeting is held.
(b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled
to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior
action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written
consent is given.
-4-
<PAGE>
(c) The record date for determining shareholders for any
other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board
adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the
date of such other action, whichever is later.
(3) A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting unless the board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but
the board shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than
forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting.
(4) Shareholders on the record date are entitled to notice and
to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights or to
exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any
shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as
otherwise provided in the articles or by agreement or in the General Corporation
Law.
(c) Voting of Shares by Fiduciaries, Receivers, Pledgeholders and
Minors.
(1) Subject to subdivision (3) of subsection (d) hereof, shares
held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator or custodian may be
voted by such holder either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such
shares into the holder's name; and shares standing in the name of a trustee may
be voted by the trustee, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be
entitled to vote shares held by such trustee without a transfer of such shares
into the trustee's name.
(2) Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver; and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be
voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into the receiver's name if
authority to do so is contained in the order of the court by which such receiver
was appointed.
(3) Subject to the provisions of Section 10 and except where
otherwise agreed in writing between the parties, a shareholder whose shares are
pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been
transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be
entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
(4) Shares standing in the name of a minor may be voted and the
corporation may treat all rights incident thereto as exercisable by the minor,
in person or by proxy, whether or not the corporation has notice, actual or
constructive, of the nonage, unless a guardian of the minor's property has been
appointed and written notice of such appointment given to the corporation.
-5-
<PAGE>
(d) voting of Shares by Corporations.
(1) Shares of this corporation standing in the name of another
corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or
proxyholder as the bylaws of such other corporation may prescribe or, in the
absence of such provision, as the board of such other corporation may determine
or, in the absence of such determination, by the chairman of the board,
president or any vice president of such other corporation, or by any other
person authorized to do so by the chairman of the board, president or any vice
president of such other corporation. Shares which are purported to be voted or
any proxy purported to be executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not
any title of the person signing is indicated) shall be presumed to be voted or
the proxy executed in accordance with the provisions of this subdivision, unless
the contrary is shown.
(2) Shares of this corporation owned by a subsidiary shall not be
entitled to vote on any matter.
(3) Shares of this corporation held by this corporation in a
fiduciary capacity, and any of its shares held in a fiduciary capacity by its
subsidiary, shall not be entitled to vote on any matter, except to the extent
that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses and exercises a right to vote or
to give the corporation binding instructions as to how to vote such shares.
(e) Voting of Shares Owned of Record by Two or More Persons.
(1) If shares stand of record in the names of two or more persons,
whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common,
husband and wife as community property, tenants by the entirety, voting
trustees, persons entitled to vote under a shareholder voting agreement or
otherwise, or if two or more persons (including proxyholders) have the same
fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the secretary of the
corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy
of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein
it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following
effect:
(a) If only one votes, such act binds all;
(b) If more than one vote, the act of the majority so voting
binds all;
(c) If more than one vote, but the vote is evenly split on any
particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question
proportionately.
If the instrument so filed or the registration of the shares shows that any such
tenancy is held in unequal interests, a
-6-
<PAGE>
majority or even split for the purpose of this section shall be a majority or
even split in interest.
(f) Election of Directors; Cumulative Voting.
(1) Every shareholder complying with subdivision (2) and
entitled to vote at any election of directors may cumulate such shareholder's
votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors
to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder's
shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder's vote on the same principle
among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit.
(2) No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes
(i.e., cast for any one or more candidates a number of votes greater than the
number of the shareholder's shares) unless such candidate or candidates' names
have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the shareholder has given
notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the shareholder's intention to
cumulate the shareholder's votes. If any one shareholder has given such notice,
all shareholders may cumulate their votes for candidates in nomination.
(3) In any election of directors, the candidates receiving
the highest number of votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them up to
the number of directors to be elected by such shares are elected.
(4) Elections for directors need not be by ballot unless a
shareholder demands election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting
begins.
Section 8. WAIVER OF NOTICE AND CONSENT OF ABSENTEES.
The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and
noticed and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by
proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled
to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or
a consent to the holding of the meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or made part of the minutes of the Meeting. Attendance of a person at a
meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the
person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that
attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the
consideration of matters required by law or these bylaws to be included in the
notice but which was not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting, provided however, that any person making such objection at the
beginning of the meeting or to the consideration of matters
-7-
<PAGE>
required to be but not included in the notice may orally withdraw such objection
at the meeting or thereafter waive such objection by signing a written waiver
thereof or a consent to the holding of the meeting or the consideration of the
matter or an approval of the minutes of the meeting. Neither the business to be
transacted at nor the purpose of any annual or special meeting of shareholders
need be specified in any written waiver of notice except that the general nature
of the proposals specified in subdivisions (1) through (5) of subsection (c) of
Section 4 of this Article II, shall be so stated.
Section 9. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.
(a) Directors may be elected without a meeting by a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, signed by all of the persons who would be
entitled to vote for the election of directors, provided that, a director may be
elected at any time to fill a vacancy not filled by the directors by the written
consent of persons holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote
for the election of directors.
(b) Any other action which, under any provision of the General
Corporation Law may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the
shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, and without prior notice except as
hereinafter set forth, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and
voted.
(c) Unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been
solicited in writing,
(1) Notice of any shareholder approval without a meeting, by less
than unanimous written consent, of, (i) a contract or other transaction between
the corporation and one or more of its directors or any corporation, firm or
association in which one or more of its directors has a material financial
interest or is also a director, (ii) indemnification of an agent of the
corporation as authorized by Section 16, of Article III, of these bylaws, (iii)
a reorganization of the corporation as defined in Section 181 of the General
Corporation Law, or (iv) the distribution of shares, obligations or securities
of any other corporation or assets other than money which is not in accordance
with the liquidation rights of preferred shares if the corporation is in the
process of winding up, shall be given at least ten days before the consummation
of the action authorized by such approval: and
(2) Prompt notice shall be given of the taking of any other
corporate action including the filling of a vacancy on the board of directors
approved by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent, to those shareholders
-8-
<PAGE>
entitled to vote,who have not consented in writing. Such notices shall be given
in the manner and shall be deemed to have been given as provided in Section 4 of
Article II of these bylaws.
(d) Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder's
proxyholders, or a transferee of the shares or a personal representative of the
shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a
writing received by the corporation prior to the time that written consents of
the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed
with the secretary of the corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such
revocation is effective upon its receipt by the secretary of the corporation.
Section 10. PROXIES.
(a) Every person entitled to vote shares may authorize another person
or persons to act by proxy with respect to such shares. Any proxy purporting to
be executed in accordance with the provisions of this division shall be
presumptively valid.
(b) No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the
date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy continues in
full force and effect until revoked by the person executing it prior to the vote
pursuant thereto, except as otherwise provided in this section. Such revocation
may be effected by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy
is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or by attendance at a meeting
and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy. The dates contained on
the forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of
the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed.
(c) A proxy is not revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker
unless, before the vote is counted, written notice of such death or incapacity
is received by the corporation.
(d) Except when other provision shall have been made by written
agreement between the parties, the recordholder of shares which such person
holds as pledgee or otherwise as security or which belong to another shall issue
to the pledgor or to the owner of such shares, upon demand therefor and payment
of necessary expenses thereof, a proxy to vote or take other action thereon.
(e) A proxy which states that it is irrevocable is irrevocable for the
period specified therein (notwithstanding subsection (c)) when it is held by any
of the following or a nominees of any of the following:
(1) A pledgee
(2) A person who has purchased or agreed to purchase or holds an
option to purchase the shares of a person who
-9-
<PAGE>
has sold a portion of such person's shares in the corporation to the maker of
the proxy;
(3) A creditor or creditors of the corporation or the shareholder
who extended or continued credit to the corporation or the shareholder in
consideration of the proxy if the proxy states that it was given in
consideration of such extension or continuation of credit and the name of the
person extending or continuing credit;
(4) A person who has contracted to perform services as an employee
of the corporation, if a proxy is required by the contract of employment and if
the proxy states that it was given in consideration of such contract of
employment, the name of the employee and the period of employment contract for;
or
(5) A person designated by or under an agreement under Section 706
of the General Corporation Law.
Notwithstanding the period of irrevocability specified, the proxy
becomes revocable when the pledge is redeemed, the option or agreement to
purchase is terminated or the seller no longer own any shares of the corporation
or dies, the debt of the corporation or the shareholder is paid, the period of
employment provided for in the contract of employment has terminated or the
agreement under Section 706 of the General Corporation Law has terminated. In
addition to the foregoing subdivisions (1) through (5), a proxy may be made
irrevocable (notwithstanding subsection (c)) if it is given to secure the
performance of a duty or to protect a title, either legal or equitable, until
the happening of events which, by its terms, discharge the obligations secured
by it.
(f) A proxy may be revoked, notwithstanding a provision making it
irrevocable, by a purchaser of shares without knowledge of the existence of the
provision unless the existence of the proxy and its irrevocability appears on
the certificate representing such shares.
Section 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.
(a) In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors
may appoint any persons as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any
adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any
person so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, the chairman of any such
meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such
appointment at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one or
three. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or
proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall
determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.
-10-
<PAGE>
(b) The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting,
the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies,
receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and
questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and
tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine
the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote
with fairness to all shareholders.
(c) The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially,
in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is
practical. If there are three inspectors of election, the decision, act or
certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or
certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election
is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
Article III.
DIRECTORS
Section 1. POWERS.
Subject to the General Incorporation Law and any limitations in the
articles of incorporation of this corporation relating to action requiring
shareholder approval, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be
managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of
the board of directors.
Section 2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS OF DIRECTORS.
The authorized number of directors shall be no less than one (1) nor
greater than five (5). After the issuance of shares this number may be changed
only by an amendment to the articles of incorporation or the bylaws approved by
the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote. If the number of directors is or becomes five or more an
amendment of the articles of incorporation or the bylaws reducing the authorized
number of directors to less than five cannot be adopted if the votes cast
against its adoption at a meeting or the shares not consenting in the case of
action by written consent are equal to more than 16-2/3 percent of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote.
Section 3. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.
The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders,
but if any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected at
any annual meeting, the directors may be elected at any special meeting of
shareholders held
-11-
<PAGE>
for that purpose. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy,
shall hold officer until the expiration of the term for which elected and until
his successor has been elected and qualified.
Section 4. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.
Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the
chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of directors of
the corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness
of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time a
successor may be elected to take office when the resignation become effective.
The board of directors may declare vacant the office of a director who has been
declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony. Any or
all of the directors may be removed without cause if such removal is approved by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote
provided that no director may be removed (unless the entire board is removed)
when the votes cast against removal (or, if such action is taken by written
consent, the shares held by persons not consenting in writing to such removal)
would be sufficient to elect such director if voted cumulatively at an election
at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken
by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire
number of directors authorized at the time of the director's most recent
election were then being elected. No reduction of the authorized number of
directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration
of his term of office.
Section 5. VACANCIES.
A vacancy or vacancies on the board of directors shall exist on the
death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the board declares vacant
the office of a director if he is declared of unsound mind by an order of court
or is convicted of a felony, or if the authorized number of directors is
increased, or if the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of
directors to be voted for at any shareholders' meeting at which an election of
directors is held. Vacancies on the board of directors (except vacancies created
by the removal of a director) may be filled by a majority of the directors then
in office, whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
The shareholders may elect a director at any time to fill any vacancy not filled
by the directors or which occurs by reason of the removal of a director. Any
such election by written consent of shareholders shall require the consent of a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the resignation of a
director states that it is to be effective at a future time, a successor may be
elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.
-12-
<PAGE>
Section 6. PLACE OF MEETINGS.
Regular and special meetings of the board of directors may be held at
any place within or without the State of California which has been designated in
the notice of the meeting, or, if not stated in the notice or there is no
notice, designated by resolution or by written consent of all of the members of
the board of directors. If the place of a regular or special meeting is not
designated in the notice or fixed by a resolution of the board or consented to
in writing by all members of the board of directors, it shall be held at the
corporation's principal executive office.
Section 7. REGULAR MEETINGS.
Immediately following each annual shareholders meeting, the board of
directors shall hold a regular meeting to elect officers and transact other
business. Such meeting shall be held at the same place as the annual meeting or
such other place as shall be fixed by the board of directors. Other regular
meetings of the board of directors shall be held at such times and places as are
fixed by the board. Call and notice of regular meetings of the board of
directors shall not be required and is hereby dispensed with.
Section 8. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes
may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice
president, the secretary, or any two directors. Notice of the time and place of
special meetings shall be delivered personally to each director or by telephone
or telegraph or sent to the director by mail. In case notice is given by mail or
telegram, it shall be sent, charges prepaid, addressed to the director at his
address appearing on the corporate records or if it is not on these records or
is not readily ascertainable, at the place where the meetings of the directors
are regularly held. If notice is delivered personally or given by telephone or
telegraph, it shall be given or delivered to the telegraph office at least
forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting. If notice is mailed it shall be
deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the meeting. Such
mailing, telegraphing or delivery, personally or by telephone, as provided in
this Section, shall be due, legal and personal notice to such director. A notice
or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special
meeting of the board of directors.
Section 9. QUORUM.
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a
quorum of the board for the transaction of business. Every act or decision done
or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a
quorum is present is the
-13-
<PAGE>
act of the board of directors, subject to the provisions of Section 310
(Transactions with Interested Directors) and subdivision (e) of Section 317
(Indemnification of Corporate Agents) of the General Corporation Law. A meeting
at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business
notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, provided that any action taken is
approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.
Section 10. WAIVER OF NOTICE OR CONSENT.
The transactions of any meeting of the board of directors, however
called and noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a
meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if,
either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present or who
though present, has prior to the meeting or at its commencement, protested the
lack of proper notice to him, signs a written waiver of notice, or a consent to
holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes of the meeting. All such
waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or
made a part of the minutes of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice need not
specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors.
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of
notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without
protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such
director.
Section 11. ADJOURNMENT.
A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present,
may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned
for more than 24 hours, notice of the adjournment to another time or place shall
be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the directors who were
not present at the time of the adjournment.
Section 12. MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.
Members of the board of directors may participate in a meeting through
use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation by
directors in a meeting in the manner provided in this Section constitutes
presence in person at such meeting.
Section 13. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors
may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board shall individually
or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or
consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board. Such
action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous
-14-
<PAGE>
vote of such directors.
Section 14. FEES AND COMPENSATION.
Directors and members of the committees may receive such compensation,
if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses, as may be fixed
or determined by resolution of the board.
Section 15. COMMITTEES.
The board of directors may, by resolution, adopted by a majority of
the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each
consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The
board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee,
who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee. The board may
delegate to any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, any
of the board's powers and authority in the management of the corporation's
business and affairs, except with respect to:
(a) The approval of any action for which the General Corporation Law
or the articles of incorporation of this corporation also required approval by
the shareholders;
(b) The filling of vacancies on the board of directors or any
committee;
(c) The fixing of compensation of directors for serving on the board or
on any committee;
(d) The amendment or repeal of bylaws or the adoption of new bylaws;
(e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board which by its
express terms is not so amendable or repealable;
(f) A distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at a
rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the board;
and
(g) The appointment of other committees of the board or the members
thereof.
The board may prescribe appropriate rules, not inconsistent with these
bylaws, by which proceedings of any such committee shall be conducted. The
provisions of these bylaws relating to the calling of meetings of the board,
notice of meetings of the board and waiver of such notice, adjournments of
meetings of the board, written consents to board meetings and approval of
minutes, action by the board by consent in writing without a meeting, the place
of holding such meetings, meetings
-15-
<PAGE>
by conference telephone or similar communications equipment, the quorum for such
meetings, the vote required at such meetings and the withdrawal of directors
after commencement of a meeting shall apply to committees of the board and
action by such committees. In addition, any member of the committee designated
by the board as the chairman or as secretary of the committee or any two members
of a committee may call meetings of the committee. Regular meetings of any
committee may be held without notice if the time and place of such meetings are
fixed by the board of directors or the committee.
Section 16. INDEMNIFICATION OF AGENTS.
The board of directors may authorize this corporation to indemnify an
agent, as herein defined, to the fullest extent permitted under law, including,
but not limited to, the General Corporation Law.
For the purpose of this section, "agent" means any person who is or
was a director, officer, employee or other agent of this corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a
foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of this
corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation.
Article IV.
OFFICERS
Section 1. OFFICERS.
The officers of the corporation shall be a chairman of the board or a
president, or both, a secretary and a chief financial officer. The corporation
may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, one or more vice
presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers
and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 of this Article IV. Any two or more offices may be held by the same
person.
Section 2. ELECTIONS.
The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this
Article IV, shall be chosen no less frequently than as annual meetings of
shareholders shall be held, by the board of directors, and each such officer
shall serve at the pleasure of the board of directors until the regular meeting
of the board of directors following the annual meeting of shareholders
-16-
<PAGE>
and until his successor is elected and qualified.
Section 3. OTHER OFFICERS.
The board of directors may appoint, and may empower the chairman of
the board or the president or both of them to appoint such other officers as the
business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such
period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in the
bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
Section 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.
Any officer may be removed with or without cause either by the board of
directors or, except for an officer chosen by the board, by any officer upon
whom the power of removal may be conferred by the board (subject, in each case,
to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment). Any
officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation (without
prejudice however, to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract
to which the officer is a party). Any such resignation shall take effect upon
receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein. If the
resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take
office when the resignation becomes effective. Unless a resignation specifies
otherwise, its acceptance by the corporation shall not be necessary to make it
effective.
Section 5. VACANCIES.
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in
the bylaws for regular appointments to such office.
Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF TEE BOARD.
The board of directors may, in its discretion, elect a chairman of the
board, who, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, shall preside
at all meetings of the board of directors at which he is present and shall
exercise and perform any other powers and duties assigned to him by the board
and prescribed by the bylaws. If the office of president is vacant, the chairman
of the board shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the
corporation and shall exercise the duties of the president as set forth in
Section 7. He shall preside as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders
unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.
Section 7. PRESIDENT.
Subject to any supervisory powers, if any, that may be given by the
board of directors or the bylaws to the chairman of
-17-
<PAGE>
the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the corporation's
general manager and chief executive officer and shall, subject to the control of
the board of directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the
business, affairs and officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise determined
by the board of directors, and in the absence of the chairman of the board, or
if there be none, he shall preside as chairman at all meetings of the board of
directors and of the shareholders. He shall have the general powers and duties
of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation; shall
have any other powers and duties that are prescribed by the board of directors
or the bylaws; and shall be primarily responsible for carrying out all orders
and resolutions of the board of directors.
Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS.
In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the vice
presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors, or if not
ranked, the vice president designated by the board of directors, or if there has
been no such designation, the vice president designated by the chief executive
officer, shall perform all duties of the chief executive officer, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on,
the chief executive officer. Each vice president shall have any of the powers
and perform any other duties that from time to time may be prescribed for him by
the board of directors or the bylaws or the chief executive officer.
Section 9. SECRETARY.
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a book of minutes of all
meetings and actions by written consent of all directors, shareholders and
committees of the board of directors. The minutes of each meeting shall state
the time and place that it was held and such other information as shall be
necessary to determine whether the meeting was held in accordance with law and
these bylaws and the actions taken thereat. The secretary shall keep or cause to
be kept at the corporation's principal executive office, or at the office of its
transfer agent or registrar, a record of the shareholders of the corporation,
giving the names and addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of
shares held by each. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of
all meetings of shareholders, directors and committees required to be given
under these bylaws or by law, shall keep or cause the keeping of the corporate
seal in safe custody and shall have any other powers and perform any other
duties that are prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws or the chief
executive officer. If the secretary refuses or fails to give notice of any
meeting lawfully called, any other officer of the corporation may give notice of
such meeting.
-18-
<PAGE>
The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, any assistant secretary,
may perform any or all of the duties and exercise any or all of the powers of
the secretary unless prohibited from doing so by the board of directors, the
chief executive officer or the secretary, and shall have such other powers and
perform any other duties as are prescribed for him by the board of directors or
the chief executive officer.
Section 10. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.
The chief financial officer, who shall also be deemed to be the
treasurer, when a treasurer may be required, shall keep and maintain, or cause
to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account.
The chief financial officer shall cause all money and other valuables in the
name and to the credit of the corporation to be deposited at the depositories
designated by the board of directors or any person authorized by the board of
directors to designate such depositories. He shall render to the chief executive
officer and board of directors when requested by either of them, an account of
all his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition
of the corporation; and shall have any other powers and perform any other duties
that are prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws or the chief
executive officer. The assistant treasurer, or if there be more than one, any
assistant treasurer, may perform any or all of the duties and exercise any or
all of the powers of the chief financial officer unless prohibited from doing so
by the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the chief financial
officer, and shall have such other powers and perform any other duties as are
prescribed for him by the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the
chief financial officer.
Article V
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. RECORD DATE.
The board of directors may fix a time in the future as a record date
for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting of
shareholders or to vote or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more
than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of such
meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action for the
purposes of which it is fixed. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders
of record on that date are entitled to notice of and to vote at any such
meeting, to receive a dividend, distribution, or allotment of rights, or to
exercise
-19-
<PAGE>
the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on
the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided
in the articles of incorporation or bylaws.
Section 2. INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.
The accounting books and records and record of shareholders, and
minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the board and committees of the
board of this corporation shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on
the corporation of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at
any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such
holder's interests as a shareholder or as the holder of such voting trust
certificate. Such inspection by a shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of
inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.
A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five (5) percent in
the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or who hold at
least one (1) percent of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of
directors of the corporation shall have (in person, or by agent or attorney)
the absolute right to inspect and copy the record of shareholders' names and
addresses and shareholdings during usual business hours upon five (5) business
days' prior written demand upon the corporation or to obtain from the transfer
agent for the corporation, upon written demand and upon the tender of its usual
charges, a list of the shareholders' names and addresses, who are entitled to
vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most
recent records date of which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by
the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made
available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is
received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be
compiled.
Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect and copy all books, records and documents of every kind and to inspect
the physical properties of this corporation and any subsidiary of this
corporation. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or
attorney AND the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make
extracts.
Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.
All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other
evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation,
shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as,
from time to time,
-20-
<PAGE>
shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors. The board of
directors may authorize one or more officers of the corporation to designate the
person or persons authorized to sign such documents and the manner in which such
documents shall be signed.
Section 4. ANNUAL AND OTHER REPORTS.
(a) The board of directors of the corporation shall cause an annual
report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred and twenty
(120) days after the close of the fiscal year and at least fifteen (15) days
prior to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held during the next fiscal
year. Such report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal
year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for
such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants
or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the
corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and
records of the corporation.
(b) A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five (5) percent of
the outstanding shares of any class of the corporation may make a written
request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the
three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended
more than thirty days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of
the corporation as of the end of such period and, in addition, if no annual
report for the last fiscal year has been sent to shareholder, the annual report
for the last fiscal year. The statements shall be delivered or mailed to the
person making the request within thirty days thereafter. A copy of such
statements shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the
corporation for twelve months, and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable
times to any shareholder demanding an examination of them, or a copy shall be
mailed to such shareholder.
(c) The corporation shall, upon the written request of any shareholder,
mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semi-annual or quarterly
income statement which it has prepared and a balance sheet as of the end of the
period.
(d) The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in
this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any
independent accountants engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an
authorized officer of the corporation that such financial statements were
prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
(e) Unless otherwise determined by the board of directors or the chief
executive officer, the chief financial officer and any assistant treasurer are
each authorized officers of the
-21-
<PAGE>
corporation to execute the certificate that the annual report and quarterly
income statements and balance sheets referred to in this section were prepared
without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
Any report sent to the shareholders shall be given personally or by
mail or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to such
shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the
corporation or given by such shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of
notice or set forth in the written request of the shareholder as provided in
this section. If any report addressed to the shareholder at the address of such
shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the
corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the
United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the report to the shareholder
at such address, all future reports shall be deemed to have been duly given
without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon
written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the
corporation for a period of one year from the date of the giving of the report
to all other shareholders. If no address appears on the books of the corporation
or is given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice or
is set forth in the written request of the shareholder as provided in this
section, such report shall be deemed to have been given to such shareholder, if
sent by mail or other means or written communication addressed to the place
where the principal executive office of the corporation is located, or if
published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in
which the principal executive office is located. Any such report shall be deemed
to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the
mail or sent by other means of written communication. An affidavit of mailing of
any such report in accordance with the foregoing provisions, executed by the
secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation, shall
be prima facie by the giving of the report.
Section 5. CONTRACTS, ETC., HOW EXECUTED.
The board of directors, except as the bylaws or articles of
incorporation otherwise provide, may authorize any officer or officers, agent or
agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.
Section 6. CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES.
(a) Every holder of shares in the corporation shall be entitled to
have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice
chairman of the board or the president or a vice president and by the chief
financial officer
-22-
<PAGE>
or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary,
certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the
shareholder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.
In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be
such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it
may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
(b) Any such certificate shall also contain such legend or other
statement as may be required by Section 418 of the General Corporation Law, the
Corporate Securities Law of 1968, and any agreement between the corporation and
the issue thereof, and may contain such legend or other statement as may be
required by any other applicable law or regulation or agreement.
(c) Certificates for shares may be issued prior to full payment thereof
under such restrictions and for such purposes, as the board of directors or the
bylaws may provide, provided, however, that any such certificates so issued
prior to full payment shall state the total amount of the consideration to be
paid therefor and the amount paid thereon.
(d) No new certificate for shares shall be issued in place of any
certificate theretofore issued unless the latter is surrendered and cancelled at
the same time; provided, however, that a new certificate may be issued without
the surrender and cancellation of the old certificate if the certificate
theretofore issued is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. In case of
any such allegedly lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, the corporation may
require the owner thereof or the legal representative of such owner to give the
corporation a bond (or other adequate security) sufficient to indemnify it
against any claim that may be made against it (including any expense or
liability) on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 7. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.
Unless the board of directors shall otherwise determine, the chairman
of the board, the president, any vice president, and the secretary of this
corporation are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of
this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other
corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The
authority herein granted to such officers to vote or represent on behalf of this
corporation any and all shares held by this corporation in any other corporation
or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any
person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney or other document duly
executed by any such officer.
-23-
<PAGE>
Section 8. INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.
The corporation shall keep in its principal office in California, or
if its principal executive office is not in California, at its principal
business office in California, the original or a copy of the bylaws as amended
to date, which shall be open to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable
times during office hours. If the corporation has no office in California, it
shall upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish him a copy of the
bylaws as amended to date.
Section 9. SEAL.
The corporation may have a common seal.
Section 10. CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules
of construction and definitions contained in the General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular
number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular, and the
term "Person" includes a corporation as well as a natural person.
Article VI.
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. POWER OF SHAREHOLDERS.
New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote
or by the written assent of shareholders entitled to vote such shares, except as
otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation of this
corporation.
Section 2. POWER OF DIRECTORS.
Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this
Article VI to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws, bylaws other than a bylaw or
amendment thereof changing the authorized number of directors may be adopted,
amended or repealed by the board of directors.
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:
(1) That I am the duly elected and acting secretary of HCC
INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL, a California corporation; and
-24-
<PAGE>
(2) That the foregoing bylaws, comprising twenty-five (25)
pages, constitute the bylaws of such corporation as duly adopted by action of
the Board of Directors of the corporation duly taken on the 12th day of
February, 1985.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and
affixed the seal of such corporation this 12th day of February, 1985.
/s/ Fredric Horowitz
---------------------------------------
Fredric Horowitz, Secretary
-25-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 12.1
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro Forma
Three Months Ended Three Months Ended
----------------------------- --------------------
June 29, 1996 June 28, 1997 June 28, 1997
------------- ------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings:
Earnings before taxes and extraordinary item $3,012 $1,552 $1,567
Add: Fixed Charges* 387 2,605 2,590
------ ------ ------
$3,399 $4,157 $4,157
====== ====== ======
*Fixed Charges:
Interest expense $ 387 $2,605 $2,590
------ ------ ------
$ 387 $2,605 $2,590
====== ====== ======
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 8.8 1.6 1.6
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The ratios of earnings to fixed charges were computed by dividing earnings by
fixed charges. For this purpose, "earnings" consist of earnings before taxes and
extraordinary item plus fixed charges and "fixed charges" consist of interest
expense and amortization of debt issuance costs.
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 of
our report dated May 30, 1997 (except for Note 11, as to which the date is
June 20, 1997), on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule of HCC Industries Inc. We also consent to the
reference to our firm under the caption "Experts".
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Los Angeles, CA
July 24, 1997
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<CIK> 0000316884
<NAME> HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS 3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> MAR-29-1997 MAR-28-1998
<PERIOD-START> MAR-31-1996 MAR-30-1997
<PERIOD-END> MAR-29-1997 JUN-28-1997
<CASH> 6,841 8,780
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 6,904 8,917
<ALLOWANCES> 40 49
<INVENTORY> 4,376 4,482
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 88,159 23,149
<PP&E> 17,980 19,007
<DEPRECIATION> 5,716 6,046
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 116,141 54,933
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 80,565 10,423
<BONDS> 0 0
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 14 14
<OTHER-SE> (53,354) 57,140
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 116,141 54,933
<SALES> 56,683 15,505
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 56,683 15,505
<CGS> 35,729 9,319
<TOTAL-COSTS> 35,729 9,319
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 9,308 2,129
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,946 2,605
<INCOME-PRETAX> (821) 1,552
<INCOME-TAX> (293) 609
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (528) 943
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> (1,186) (1,002)
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> (1,714) (59)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (4.75) (.43)
<EPS-DILUTED> (4.75) (.43)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
IN EXCHANGE FOR
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2007,
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED _____, 1997
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON _____,
_____, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITH
DRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delivery To: IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, Exchange Agent
By Mail:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
P.O. Box 84
Bowling Green Station
New York, New York 10274-0084
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department
By Overnight Courier or Hand:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
One State Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department
By Facsimile in New York:
(212) 858-2611
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 858-2103
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the
Prospectus, dated _____, 1997 (the "Prospectus"), of HCC Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer")
to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $90,000,000 of its 10 3/4%
Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes Due 2007, which have been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "New Notes"), of the Company for a
like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes Due 2007 (the "Old Notes") of the Company from the holders thereof.
For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will
receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered
Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or,if no interest has been paid on the
Old Notes, from May 6, 1997. Accordingly, if the relevant record date for
interest payment occurs after the consummation of the Exchange Offer registered
holders of New Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from May 6, 1997. If, however,the relevant record date for interest
payment occurs prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer registered
holders of Old Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from May 6, 1997. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders
of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any
payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any
interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation
of the Exchange Offer.
This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Old Notes either if certificates
are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for Old Notes, if
available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the
Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer
Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Book-
Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus and an Agent's Message (as defined
herein) is not delivered. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not
immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or
confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation") and all other documents required by this Letter to the Exchange
Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according
to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer --
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. See Instruction 1.
Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute
delivery to the Exchange Agent.
The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this
Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to
the Exchange Offer.
List below the Old Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space provided
below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Old Notes
should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES 1 2 3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AGGREGATE
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL
HOLDER(S) CERTIFICATE AMOUNT OF AMOUNT
(PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK) NUMBER(S)* OLD NOTE(S) TENDERED**
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Old Notes
represented by the Old Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Old Notes tendered must be in
denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. See Instruction 1.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Tendering Institution _________________________________________
Account Number ______________ Transaction Code Number _______________
By crediting Old Notes to the Exchange Agent's Account at the Book Entry
Transfer Facility in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") and by complying with applicable
ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including transmitting
an Agent's Message to the Exchange Agent in which the Holder of Old Notes
acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Letter, the
participant in ATOP confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners
of such Old Notes all provisions of this Letter applicable to it and such
beneficial owners as if it had completed the information required herein and
executed and transmitted this Letter to the Exchange Agent.
[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) ___________________________________________
Window Ticket Number (if any) _____________________________________________
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery ________________________
Name of Institution which guaranteed delivery _____________________________
IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Account Number ____________________ Transaction Code Number _____________
[_] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
THERETO.:
Name: ____________________________________________________________________
Address: _________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it
is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New
Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for
its own account in exchange for Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to
be exchanged for New Notes were
<PAGE>
acquired by it as a result of market-making or other trading activities and
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the
undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
<PAGE>
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for
exchange of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns
and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and
interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full
power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered
hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto,
free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not
subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Company. The
undersigned hereby further represents that any New Notes acquired in exchange
for Old Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of
business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is
the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor any such other
person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes and that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor
any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the Company.
The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC"), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course
of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person
to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. However, the Company does
not intend to request the SEC to consider, and the SEC has not considered the
Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no
assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with
respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If the undersigned is
not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and
does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes and has no arrangement
or understanding to participate in a distribution of New Notes. If any holder
is an affiliate of the Company or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has
any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New
Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not
rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is
a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for the New Notes
were acquired by it as a result of market-making or other trading activities and
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the
undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act.
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the
sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby. All authority
conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the
undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of
the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or
incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance
with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal Rights"
section of the Prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions"
below, please deliver the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates
representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) in the name of the
undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Old Notes, please credit
the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility.
Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions" below, please send the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute
certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) to the
undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled "Description of the
Old Notes."
THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES"
ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AS
SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or New
Notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person
or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if Old Notes
delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be
returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
other than the account indicated above.
Issue: New Notes and/or Old Notes to:
Name (s) __________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address ___________________________________________
___________________________________________________
(ZIP CODE)
(COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9)
[ ] Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by
book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility account set forth below.
____________________________________________________
(Book-Entry Transfer Facility)
Account Number, if applicable)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or New
Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose
signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or persons at an
address other than shown in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" on this
Letter above.
Mail: New Notes and/or Old Notes to:
Name ______________________________________________
(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)
______________________________________________
(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)
Address ___________________________________________
___________________________________________________
(ZIP CODE)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT'S MESSAGE IN LIEU
HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY
CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED
DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.
<PAGE>
PLEASE SIGN HERE
(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)
(Complete Accompanying Substitute From W-9 on reverse side)
Dated: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1997
x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 1997
x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 1997
Signature(s) of Owner Date
Area Code and Telephone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a holder is tendering any Old Notes, this Letter must be
signed by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certifi-
cate(s) for the Old Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become
registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith.
If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set
forth full title. See Instruction 3.
Name(s): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Please Type or Print)
Capacity:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Including Zip Code)
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(if required by Instruction 3)
Signature(s) Guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Authorized Signature)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Title)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Name and Firm)
Date:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 1997
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER FOR THE
10 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007 IN EXCHANGE FOR THE
10 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2007 OF HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER AND NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.
This letter is to be completed by noteholders either if certificates are to
be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures
for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange Offer Book-Entry
Transfer" section of the Prospectus and an Agent's Message is not delivered.
Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation,
as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or
manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this
Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein
on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Old Notes tendered hereby must
be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple
thereof. The term "Agent's Message" means a message transmitted to the Book-
Entry Facility and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of the
Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has
received an express acknowledgement from the tendering Participant that such
Participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter and that the
Company may enforce this Letter against such Participant.
Noteholders whose certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available
or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such
procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution, (ii)
prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible
Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a facsimile
thereof or Agent's Message in lieu thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery,
substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the
holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the
tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, or
a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by the Letter will
be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the
certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer,
or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required
by this Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading
days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
The method of delivery of this Letter, the Old Notes and all other required
documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery
will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange
Agent. If Old Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing be made
sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
See "The Exchange Offer" section of the Prospectus.
2. PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO NOTEHOLDERS WHO TENDER BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER).
If less than all of the Old Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are
to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled "Description of Old
Notes Principal Amount Tendered." A reissued certificate representing the
balance of nontendered Old Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless
otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after the
Expiration Date. ALL OF THE OLD NOTES DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WILL BE
DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TENDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
3. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF
SIGNATURES.
If this Letter is signed by the registered bolder of the Old Notes tendered
hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the
face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.
If any tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners,
all of such owners must sign this Letter.
<PAGE>
If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several
certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate
copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.
When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Old
Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or
separate bond powers are required. If, however, the New Notes are to be issued,
or any untendered Old Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the
registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or
separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or
holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed
exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on
the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company,
proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted.
ENDORSEMENTS ON CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR SIGNATURES ON BOND POWERS
REQUIRED BY THIS INSTRUCTION 3 MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A FIRM WHICH IS A MEMBER OF
A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE OR A MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC. OR BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY
HAVING AN OFFICE OR CORRESPONDENT IN THE UNITED STATES (AN "ELIGIBLE
INSTITUTION").
SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER NEED NOT BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
INSTITUTION, PROVIDED THE OLD NOTES ARE TENDERED: (I) BY A REGISTERED HOLDER OF
OLD NOTES (WHICH TERM, FOR PURPOSES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDES ANY
PARTICIPANT IN THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY SYSTEM WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A
SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE HOLDER OF SUCH OLD NOTES) WHO HAS NOT COMPLETED
THE BOX ENTITLED "SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS" OR "SPECIAL DELIVERY
INSTRUCTIONS" ON THIS LETTER, OR (II) FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE
INSTITUTION.
4. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.
Tendering holders of Old Notes should indicate in the applicable box the
name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or
substitute certificates evidencing Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or
sent, if different form the name or address of the person signing this Letter.
In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or
social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders
tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not
exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are
given, such Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name or address of
the person signing this Letter.
5. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.
Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering holder whose Old
Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor) with such
holder's correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9
below, which in the case of a tendering holder who is an individual, is his or
her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the current TIN
or an adequate basis for an exemption, such tendering holder may be subject to a
$50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, delivery to
such tendering holder of New Notes may be subject to backup withholding in an
amount equal to 31% of all reportable payments made after the exchange. If
withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.
Exempt holders of Old Notes (including, among others, all corporations and
certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and
reporting requirements. See the enclosed Guidelines of Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "W-9 Guidelines") for
additional instructions.
To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder of Old Notes must
provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth below,
certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a
TIN) and that (i) the holder is exempt from backup withholding, or (ii) the
holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is
subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that
such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the tendering holder
of Old Notes is a nonresident alien or foreign entity not subject to backup
withholding, such holder must give the Company a completed Form W-8, Certificate
of Foreign Status. These forms may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the
Old Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner,
such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for information on which
<PAGE>
TIN to report. If such holder does not have a TIN, such holder should consult
the W-9 Guidelines for instructions on applying for a TIN, check the box in Part
2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and write "applied for" in lieu of its TIN. Note:
Checking this box and writing "applied for" on the form means that such holder
has already applied for a TIN or that such holder intends to apply for one in
the near future. If such holder does not provide its TIN to the Company within
60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue until such holder furnishes
its TIN to the Company.
6. TRANSFER TAXES.
The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer
of Old Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If however, New
Notes and/or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are
to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered
in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to
the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such
transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons)
will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of
such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR
TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE OLD NOTES SPECIFIED IN THIS LETTER.
7. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.
The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all
conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.
8. NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS.
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall
waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for
exchange.
Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated
to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old
Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such
notice.
9. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.
Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed
should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further
instructions.
10. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.
Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, may be directed to the
Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.
11. INCORPORATION OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
This Letter shall be deemed to be incorporated in and acknowledged and
accepted by any tender through the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's ATOP
procedures by any Participant on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of
any Old Notes so tendered.
<PAGE>
TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
(See Instruction 5)
PAYOR'S NAME: IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY
SUBSTITUTE
Form W-9
Department of the
Treasury Internal
Revenue Service
Payor's Request
for
Taxpayer
Identification
Number ("TIN")
and Certification
Part 1-PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN
THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY
SIGNING AND DATING BELOW
TIN:________________________________
Social Security Number or
Employer Identification Number
______________________________________________________________________________
Part 2 TIN Applied For [ ]
______________________________________________________________________________
CERTIFICATION: UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
(1) the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number
(or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me).
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because: (a) I am exempt from
backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of
a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified
me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
(3) any other information provided on this form is true and correct.
SIGNATURE.............................................. DATE ................
________________________________________________________________________________
You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified
by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting
of interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by
the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.
_______________________________________________________________________________
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX
IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
______________________________________________________________________________
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of the exchange, 31 percent
of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I
provide a number.
_____________________________________ ________________________________________
Signature Date
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.2
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of HCC Industries Inc. (the "Company") made pursuant to the
Prospectus, dated __________, 1997 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for the
outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 of the Company (the "Old
Notes") are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all
required documents to reach the Company prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or
transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below. In
addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Capitalized
terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.
Delivery To: IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, Exchange Agent
By Mail:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
P.O. Box 84
Bowling Green Station
New York, New York 10274-0084
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department
By Overnight Courier or Hand:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
One State Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department
By Facsimile:
(212) 858-2611
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 858-2103
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the
principal amount of Old Notes set froth below, pursuant to the guaranteed
delivery procedure described in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures" section of the Prospectus.
Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered:*
$ _______________________________
Certificate Nos. (if available):
If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry
transfer to The Depository Trust Company,
provide account number.
Total Principal Amount Represented by
Old Notes Certificate(s):
$ _______________________________ Account Number ____________________________
- ------------
* Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof.
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE
DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE SIGN HERE
X _______________________________________ _______________
X _______________________________________ _______________
Signature(s) of Owner(s) Date
or Authorized Signatory
Area Code and Telephone Number: _______________________________
Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on
certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s)
authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set
forth his or her full title below.
PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)
Name(s): _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
Capacity: _________________________________________________________________
Address(es): _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
GUARANTEE
The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities exchange, or a
member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial
bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States,
hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal amount of Old
Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at The
Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus, together with
a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually
signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantee and any other
documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than three New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.
_____________________________________ _______________________________________
Name of Firm Authorized Signature
_____________________________________ _______________________________________
Address Title
_____________________________________ Name: _________________________________
Zip Code (Please Type or Print)
Area Code and Tel. No. ______________ Dated: ________________________________
NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR
OLD NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.3
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
IN EXCHANGE FOR
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2007
To: BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS,
TRUST COMPANIES AND OTHER NOMINEES:
HCC Industries Inc. (the "Company") is offering, upon and subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated ___ , 1997 (the
"Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Exchange Notes Due 2007, which have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for its outstanding 10 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2007 (the "Old Notes"). The Exchange Offer is being made
in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the
Registration Rights Agreement dated May 6, 1997, by and among the Company and
the initial purchasers referred to therein.
We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old Notes
regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your
clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of
your nominee, or who hold Old Notes registered in their own names, we are
enclosing the following documents:
1. Prospectus dated __________, 1997;
2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your
clients;
3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer
if certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or time will not
permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry transfer
cannot be completed on a timely basis;
4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you
hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space
provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the Exchange
Offer;
5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
Substitute Form W-9; and
6. Return envelopes addressed to IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, the
Exchange Agent for the Old Notes.
YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON __________, __________, 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE
COMPANY (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). OLD NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE
OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.
To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange
Agent and certificates representing the Old Notes should be delivered to the
Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter
of Transmittal and the Prospectus.
If holders of Old Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to
forward their certificates for Old Notes prior to the expiration of the Exchange
Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a
<PAGE>
timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery
procedures described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures."
The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks
and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by
them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial
owners of Old Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The
Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes applicable to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in
Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.
Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for
additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to IBJ Schroder
Bank & Trust Company, the Exchange Agent for the Old Notes, at its address and
telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.
Very truly yours,
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON
AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER
PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM
WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE
PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
Enclosures
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.4
HCC INDUSTRIES INC.
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
IN EXCHANGE FOR
10 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES DUE 2007
TO OUR CLIENTS:
Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated __________, 1997
(the "Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of HCC Industries
Inc. (the "Company") to exchange its 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes
Due 2007, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "New Notes"), for its outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2007 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions
described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer
is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained
in the Registration Rights Agreement dated May 6, 1997, by and among the Company
and the initial purchasers referred to therein.
This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old
Notes carried by us in your account but not registered in your name. A TENDER
OF SUCH OLD NOTES MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND PURSUANT TO
YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.
Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on
your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and
conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.
Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in
order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the
provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on __________, __________, 1997, unless extended by the
Company. Any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn
at any time before the Expiration Date.
Your attention is directed to the following:
1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Old Notes.
2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the
Prospectus in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to
the Exchange Offer."
3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the
holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided
in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.
4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
__________, __________, 1997, unless extended by the Company.
If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please so instruct us by
completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of
this letter. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATION ONLY
AND MAY NOT BE USED DIRECTLY BY YOU TO TENDER OLD NOTES.
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed
material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by HCC
Industries Inc. with respect to its Old Notes.
This will instruct you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the
account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.
Please tender the Old Notes held by you for my account as indicated
below:
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OLD NOTES
---------------------------------------
10 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2007....................... __________________________________________
[ ] Please do not tender any Old
Notes held by you for my account.
Dated: ___________________, 1997 ____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Signature(s)
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Please print name(s) here
____________________________________________
____________________________________________
Address(es)
____________________________________________
Area Code and Telephone Number
____________________________________________
Tax Identification or Social Security No(s).
None of the Old Notes held by us for your account will be tendered
unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific
contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon
shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Old Notes held by us for
your account.
